WO2024108355A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024108355A1 WO2024108355A1 PCT/CN2022/133320 CN2022133320W WO2024108355A1 WO 2024108355 A1 WO2024108355 A1 WO 2024108355A1 CN 2022133320 W CN2022133320 W CN 2022133320W WO 2024108355 A1 WO2024108355 A1 WO 2024108355A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- constellation
- axis
- symbol
- terminal devices
- indication information
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 145
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 133
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 209
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 87
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 74
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 42
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 43
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 101100233916 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) KAR5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 101001121408 Homo sapiens L-amino-acid oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100026388 L-amino-acid oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 101000827703 Homo sapiens Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100023591 Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101100012902 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) FIG2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013473 artificial intelligence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013506 data mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005562 fading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
- Non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) technology is used to increase the number of terminal devices that can access the network simultaneously in a massive user scenario.
- NOMA technology is to use multi-user superposition transmission (MUST) technology.
- MUST multi-user superposition transmission
- MUST technology usually adopts a superposition transmission scheme in the symbol domain, that is, superposition coding (SC) is performed on the signals corresponding to the two terminal devices at the transmitting end, and different transmission powers are allocated, and then the superposition signal is sent to the two terminal devices.
- SC superposition coding
- SIC serial interference cancellation
- the terminal device when it receives the signal from the transmitting end, it can demodulate the signal by serial interference cancellation (SIC) to obtain the data corresponding to the terminal device.
- SIC serial interference cancellation
- the superposition transmission scheme in the symbol domain can only be applied to multiple terminal devices with obvious differences between channels, resulting in a small number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously under the same beam, and the demodulation is difficult. Therefore, how to optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the demodulation difficulty is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
- the communication method and communication device provided in the embodiments of the present application can optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the difficulty of demodulation.
- a communication method which can be executed by a first device, or by a component of the first device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first device.
- the following takes the method executed by the first device as an example for description. The method includes:
- the first device generates first indication information and sends the first indication information to M terminal devices.
- the first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram.
- the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices.
- the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, M>K1.
- the first device can indicate to each of the M terminal devices through the first indication information: the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of the K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and then when the K1 terminal devices demodulate the modulation symbols sent by the first device and superimposed with the data of the M terminal devices according to the constellation diagram, each of the K1 terminal devices can determine its own data in the constellation symbol, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for use, thereby increasing the number of terminal devices connected at the same time.
- the K1 terminal devices when they demodulate, they can extract their own data in the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis according to the constellation symbol determined when demodulating the constellation diagram and the above-mentioned mapping relationship, and then do not need to demodulate through the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty.
- the MUST technology can be optimized to increase the number of terminal devices connected at the same time and reduce the demodulation difficulty.
- a communication method which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the following takes the method executed by the terminal device as an example for explanation. The method includes:
- the terminal device receives first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram.
- the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices.
- the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, M>K1.
- the technical effect of the second aspect can refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and will not be repeated here.
- the constellation diagram includes an I axis and a Q axis, wherein the first axis is the I axis or the Q axis.
- the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis.
- the first set includes one or more terminal devices in the M terminal devices
- the second set includes one or more terminal devices in the M terminal devices except the first set. That is, the terminal devices in the first set are different from the terminal devices in the second set.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set, and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set. It can be understood that, since the M terminal devices are divided into only two sets, when the M terminal devices receive indication information corresponding to one of the sets, the terminal devices that are not indicated may determine that they belong to the other set.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices.
- the first terminal device may be a terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is greater than or equal to the transmission power corresponding to the first terminal device. In this way, it can be ensured that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis meets the receiving requirements of the first terminal device.
- the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates.
- a constellation symbol coordinates there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings.
- A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction of the first axis, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbols relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points. It can be understood that the greater the distance or spacing between adjacent constellation points, the better the anti-noise performance, but one of the constellation points will be farther from the origin, and thus more power needs to be allocated to the constellation point.
- the spacing between two constellation points that are not prone to interference can be reduced to save power consumption; on the other hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are prone to interference can be increased to improve the anti-noise performance.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the A constellation symbol coordinates can be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram further include indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis.
- each of the M terminal devices can generate the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniformly spaced arrangement or uniformly spaced arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the input parameter dk is determined by the channel information and/or transmission power of the kth terminal device among the M terminal devices. It may refer to the proportion of the input parameter d k corresponding to the kth terminal device in the sum of the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k may be an interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram further include a mapping relationship between N2-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- the first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other.
- N2 and K2 are both integers, N2 ⁇ K2, K2 ⁇ 1, and M>K2.
- the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates.
- B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and then the constellation points in the constellation diagram can be non-uniformly distributed in the direction where the second axis is located, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbol relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices. Since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the B constellation symbol coordinates can be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing adaptability to different channel qualities.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram further include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- each of the M terminal devices can generate the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the first indication information.
- the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniformly spaced arrangement or uniformly spaced arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis.
- the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis.
- N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the first device may not evenly distribute the transmission power to the first axis and the second axis, that is, the I axis and the Q axis that are orthogonal to each other in the constellation diagram.
- the method provided by the first aspect further includes:
- the first device sends second indication information to the M terminal devices.
- the second indication information is used to indicate parameters of the updated constellation diagram.
- the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the method provided by the second aspect further includes:
- the terminal device receives second indication information from the first device.
- the second indication information is used to indicate parameters of an updated constellation diagram.
- the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the spacing between corresponding adjacent constellation points on the I-axis and/or Q-axis in the constellation diagram of the modulation and demodulation superimposed modulation symbols can be dynamically changed, and the dynamic change is determined according to the dynamic change of the channel information and/or the transmission power corresponding to the terminal device, the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices can be further increased.
- a communication device for implementing the above-mentioned various methods.
- the communication device may be the first device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above-mentioned first device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the terminal device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal device, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal device, such as a chip.
- the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the implementation of the above-mentioned method, and the module, unit, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing the corresponding software implementation by hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
- the transceiver module which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
- the transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
- the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
- the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation methods thereof.
- a communication device comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects.
- the communication device can be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
- a communication device comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects.
- the communication device can be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
- a communication device comprising: at least one processor; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory so that the communication device performs the method described in any one of the above aspects.
- the memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor.
- the communication device may be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
- a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program or instruction is stored.
- the communication device can execute the method described in any one of the above aspects or any one of its implementation methods.
- a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects or any one of its implementations.
- a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
- the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the above aspects or any of its implementation methods.
- the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
- the device when it is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip or include a chip and other discrete devices.
- the communication device provided in any one of the third aspect to the ninth aspect is a chip
- the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output
- the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input.
- the technical effects brought about by any design method in the third to ninth aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by different design methods in the above-mentioned first or second aspects, and will not be repeated here.
- a communication method which includes the method described in the first aspect or any implementation thereof, and the method described in the second aspect or any implementation thereof.
- a communication system which includes the first device described in the above aspect and the terminal device described in the above aspect.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an asymmetric downlink channel model provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of superposition coding of a modulation symbol provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device and a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG6 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a classic 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a 16-QAM constellation diagram using Gray rule mapping between constellation points and constellation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram of another 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K I terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in another 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K I terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K Q terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in another 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K Q terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of six terminal devices in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of six terminal devices in another 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a modulation method for superimposing modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG17 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a demodulation method for superimposing modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application
- FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Quadrature modulation can refer to the transmitter (such as a network device) using two carriers with the same frequency and orthogonal to each other (for example, a phase difference of 90°) to modulate the data, thereby obtaining a quadrature modulated signal (or modulation symbol).
- quadrature modulation can also be called IQ modulation.
- I can be used to represent the in-phase component
- Q can be used to represent the quadrature component.
- the data after quadrature modulation can include I-path components and Q-path components that are orthogonal to each other, and then the I-path component and the Q-path component can be regarded as two independently detectable dimensions at the receiving end (such as a terminal device).
- the modulation symbol may be represented by a complex value, for example, determined by formula (1).
- x may represent a modulation symbol
- a may represent the amplitude of the I-path component
- b may represent the amplitude of the Q-path component
- cos ⁇ t may represent the carrier used when modulating the I-path component
- sin ⁇ t may represent the carrier used when modulating the Q-path component
- ⁇ represents the frequency of the carrier.
- modulation may refer to the use of changes in relevant parameters of the carrier (such as amplitude, frequency, or phase, etc.) to transmit information and map the data to be sent to the modulation symbol x.
- quadrature modulation may include: binary phase shift keying (BPSK), ⁇ /2-BPSK, quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), etc.
- BPSK may refer to the use of phase changes of the carrier to transmit information, and the amplitude and frequency of the carrier remain unchanged.
- QAM may refer to the use of amplitude changes and phase changes of the carrier to transmit information, and the frequency of the carrier remains unchanged.
- the data to be sent can be represented by bits, each bit can be represented by “0” or “1”, and the data to be sent can be represented as a bit sequence (or bit stream) composed of "0" and "1", such as ⁇ 010010... ⁇ .
- the modulation symbol x can carry one or more bits in the data.
- one modulation symbol can carry one bit of data (there are two types of "0” and “1"), and there are 2 different modulation symbols.
- QPSK two bits can be grouped into a group (there are four types of "00", “01”, “11”, and “10"), and then one modulation symbol can carry two bits of data, and there are 4 different modulation symbols.
- the modulation order is m
- one modulation symbol can carry m bits of data, that is, there are 2m different modulation symbols.
- the constellation diagram can be used to define the amplitude information and phase information of the modulation symbol x, that is, the modulation symbol can be represented by the constellation point.
- the constellation diagram includes an I axis (for example, the horizontal axis in the constellation diagram) and a Q axis (for example, the vertical axis in the constellation diagram), and the constellation point can be represented in a vector form (for example, (I1, Q1)).
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the constellation diagram shown in FIG1 may include four constellation points, and each constellation point can carry 2 bits of data.
- I1 is the coordinate of the constellation point on the I-axis (that is, the value of the constellation point projected on the I-axis), which is used to represent the amplitude information of the I-path component in the modulation symbol.
- Q1 is the coordinate of the constellation point on the Q-axis (that is, the value of the constellation point projected on the Q-axis), which is used to represent the amplitude information of the Q-path component in the modulation symbol.
- the angle between the vector (I1, Q1) and the I-axis is It can be used to represent the phase information of the carrier corresponding to the modulation symbol.
- the constellation point (I1, Q1) can represent the modulation symbol 1/E is the normalization factor corresponding to the modulation symbol, and E is the sum of the energies corresponding to the four modulation symbols in the constellation diagram.
- the distance between the constellation point and the origin (0,0) can represent the energy of the modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point. It can be understood that the larger the distance is, the greater the energy of the modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point is.
- each constellation point may correspond to a constellation symbol, and the constellation symbol may represent data to be sent.
- the constellation symbol may be an L-bit symbol composed of information that may represent bit “0” or bit “1”. If the symbol “0” is used to represent bit “0” and the symbol “1” represents bit “1”, then L may be equal to the modulation order m, and both m and L are positive integers.
- the constellation symbols “ b1b2 ... b1 ... bm ” are arranged from left to right (or from high to low), and the first symbol b1 in the constellation symbol may represent bit b1 , the second symbol b2 represents the second bit b2 , and so on, and the i-th symbol b1 represents the i-th bit b1 .
- the constellation symbol “b 1 b 2 ... bi ...b m ” can represent the data “b 1 b 2 ... bi ...b m ”.
- the constellation symbol can represent the data to be sent
- the mapping relationship between the data to be sent and the modulation symbol can be obtained through the mapping relationship between the constellation point and the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram.
- the constellation point (I1, Q1) in the upper right corner of Figure 1 can correspond to the data bit "01" one by one, and then the data bit "01" can be mapped to the symbol through the constellation diagram shown in Figure 1. The corresponding constellation point.
- the distance between two adjacent constellation points can be called the Euclidean metric.
- BER bit error rate
- the receiving end when the receiving end demodulates the modulation symbol from the transmitting end, when converting the received modulation symbol into the corresponding receiving constellation point in the constellation diagram, it may not be accurately matched with the constellation point corresponding to the modulation symbol in the constellation diagram, but falls near the constellation point corresponding to the modulation symbol. Therefore, the receiving end can judge the constellation point corresponding to the received modulation symbol according to the distance between the receiving constellation point and other constellation points in the constellation diagram.
- the receiving end can judge that the received data is "01" according to the constellation diagram shown in Figure 1.
- the constellation diagram can be used for mapping data (i.e., constellation symbols) and modulation symbols (i.e., constellation points) during modulation.
- the constellation diagram can be used for determining constellation points during demodulation, thereby correctly obtaining the constellation symbols corresponding to the modulation symbols, and thus obtaining the data sent by the transmitting end according to the constellation symbols.
- mapping rule between the constellation point and the constellation symbol can be selected from the Gray mapping rule or the natural mapping rule, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the Gray mapping rule or the natural mapping rule can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated here.
- the constellation diagram used by the transmitter and the constellation diagram used by the receiver may be the same, and the constellation diagram may be agreed upon by a protocol.
- the MUST technical solution in NOMA allows the transmitter to serve multiple terminal devices on the same time-frequency resources, in some scenarios, such as near-far effect scenarios, or scenarios where multiple nodes are accessed simultaneously
- the MUST technology using power reuse (such as the superposition transmission scheme of the symbol domain) has obvious performance advantages over the orthogonal multiple access (OMA) technology.
- OMA orthogonal multiple access
- the MUST technology is usually applied to near-far effect scenarios.
- the near-far effect scenario may include an asymmetric downlink scenario consisting of terminal devices active at the edge of a cell covered by a network device and terminal devices active inside a cell covered by a network device.
- the terminal device active inside a cell covered by a network device may be referred to as a secondary terminal device (or secondary cell-interior user equipment (UE-S)), and the terminal device active at the edge of a cell covered by a network device may be referred to as a primary terminal device (or primary cell-edge UE (UE-P)).
- UE-S secondary cell-interior user equipment
- UE-P primary cell-edge UE
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an asymmetric downlink channel model provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the constellation point #1 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the network device side is a transmitted modulation symbol.
- the transmitted modulation symbol may include a modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P.
- the constellation point #2 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the UE-S side is a received modulation symbol, and the constellation point #3 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the UE-P side is a received modulation symbol.
- the network device can raise the transmission power of the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P, so that both UE-S and UE-P can demodulate the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P, and the distance of the received modulation symbol in the constellation diagram on the UE-S side relative to the origin is greater than the distance of the received modulation symbol in the constellation diagram on the UE-P side relative to the origin, that is, the signal energy received by UE-S is stronger than the signal energy received by UE-P.
- UE-S can normally demodulate the modulation symbol with weaker power than the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P in the transmitted modulation symbol relative to UE-P.
- sub-channel transmission can adopt orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technology. That is to say, multiple sub-channels are orthogonal to each other, but a sub-channel no longer transmits only the data (i.e., modulation symbols) of one terminal device, but the data of multiple terminal devices share one sub-channel, which can improve the spectrum efficiency.
- OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
- the data of multiple terminal devices sharing a subchannel may mean that: on the transmitting end side, the modulation symbols of different terminal devices on the same subchannel are sent using power multiplexing technology, that is, the transmission power of the modulation symbols of different terminal devices is allocated according to the relevant algorithm, and SC is used to superimpose them for transmission.
- the SIC method can be used to receive the signal on the terminal device side, that is, according to the power size of the modulation symbols of different terminal devices, interference elimination is performed in a certain order to achieve correct demodulation, and the purpose of distinguishing the modulation symbols of different terminal devices is also achieved.
- the signal sent by the transmitter may include the modulation symbol #1 corresponding to terminal device #1 and the modulation symbol #2 corresponding to terminal device #2, and the transmission power allocated to the modulation symbol #1 is greater than the transmission power allocated to the modulation symbol #2.
- terminal device #1 since the channel quality corresponding to terminal device #1 is poor, and thus the signal power received by terminal device #1 is small, terminal device #1 can only demodulate the modulation symbol #1 in the received signal normally, and the modulation symbol #2 can be regarded as noise.
- terminal device #2 since the channel quality corresponding to terminal device #2 is good, and thus the signal power received by terminal device #2 is large, terminal device #2 can demodulate the modulation symbol #1 and the modulation symbol #2 normally. Based on this, terminal device #2 can regard modulation symbol #1 as interference. After demodulating modulation symbol #1, the interference caused by modulation symbol #1 can be eliminated in the received signal. The received signal after eliminating the interference can be regarded as modulation symbol #2. In this way, both terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 can achieve correct demodulation.
- terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 can both demodulate modulation symbol #1 and modulation symbol #2 normally, then terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 will both regard modulation symbol #1 as interference, and terminal device #1 will not be able to distinguish modulation symbol #1, and will not be able to achieve correct demodulation.
- the use of the SIC method by the terminal device to receive signals requires that the channel quality between different terminal devices has obvious differences, that is, the channel corresponding to UE-S and the channel corresponding to UE-P as shown in Figure 2.
- the channel difference is exemplified by the distance in Figure 2, but the distance is only one of the possible factors causing the channel difference.
- the factors causing the channel difference may also include: the presence of obstructions in the middle of the transmission path, the presence of scatterers around, or the main beam direction of the wireless beamforming, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- SC It may mean that when the channels corresponding to different terminal devices are greatly different, the power of the modulation symbols sent by the transmitter depends on the terminal device with the worst channel, that is, the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with the worst channel are allocated more power, and the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with a better channel are allocated less power, so that the terminal device with a better channel can not only demodulate the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with the worst channel normally, but also demodulate the modulation symbols corresponding to its own.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of superposition coding of a modulation symbol provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- (a) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the modulation symbol sent by the network device to UE-S
- (b) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the modulation symbol sent by the network device to UE-P
- (c) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the superposition modulation symbol sent by the network device.
- the SC of the modulation symbol may refer to the vector operation of the constellation points corresponding to different terminal devices in the constellation diagram to obtain the superposition modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point after superposition coding.
- the following takes the example of a network device sending superimposed modulation symbols to UE-S and UE-P to illustrate the symbol domain superposition transmission scheme in the MUST technology.
- the network device On the network device side, represents the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-P, represents the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-S, and the network device allocates the transmission power between UE-P and UE-S in proportion ⁇ , then the superimposed modulation symbol sent by the network device can be determined by formula (2).
- UE-P since the network device can use SC to send x k , UE-P is allowed to send the corresponding x k of UE-S to Treated as noise, UE-P only needs to demodulate normally UE-S can successfully demodulate Then with The corresponding constellation point is used as the reference, and the received x k is subtracted You can get
- the symbol domain superposition transmission scheme has the following problems:
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method that can optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the difficulty of demodulation.
- indication may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
- the information indicated by a certain information is called information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein there is an association between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
- the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of the arrangement order of each piece of information agreed in advance (such as specified by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
- the common parts of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated uniformly to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately.
- the specific indication method can also be various existing indication methods, such as but not limited to the above-mentioned indication methods and various combinations thereof.
- the specific details of the various indication methods can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated herein.
- the desired indication method can be selected according to specific needs.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be indicated to obtain the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can be sent as a whole, or it can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different.
- the specific sending method is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or it can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
- the configuration information can include, for example, but not limited to, radio resource control (RRC) signaling, media access control (MAC) layer signaling, physical layer signaling, or downlink control information (DCI) One or a combination of at least two.
- RRC radio resource control
- MAC media access control
- DCI downlink control information
- Pre-definition or “pre-configuration” can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a first network device).
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation method.
- "saving” can mean saving in one or more memories.
- the one or more memories can be set separately or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
- the one or more memories can also be partially set separately and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
- the type of memory can be any form of storage medium, which is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
- the “protocol” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, such as the long term evolution (LTE) protocol, the new radio (NR) protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- LTE long term evolution
- NR new radio
- A/B can represent A or B; "and/or” in the embodiments of the present application is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
- a and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
- multiple refers to two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
- a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
- the words “first”, “second” and the like are used to distinguish the same items or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art will understand that the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like do not necessarily limit the differences.
- the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems.
- OFDMA orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
- SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
- the term "system” can be interchangeable with "network”.
- the OFDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) and ultra mobile broadband (UMB).
- E-UTRA is an evolved version of the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS).
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
- 3GPP uses a new version of E-UTRA in LTE and various versions based on LTE evolution.
- the 5G communication system is the next generation communication system under study.
- the 5G communication system includes a non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication system, an independent (SA) 5G mobile communication system, or an NSA 5G mobile communication system and an SA 5G mobile communication system.
- NSA non-standalone
- SA independent
- SA 5G mobile communication system an SA 5G mobile communication system
- the communication system can also be applied to future-oriented communication technologies, and the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
- the above-mentioned communication system applicable to the present application is only an example, and the communication system applicable to the present application is not limited to this. It is uniformly described here and will not be repeated below.
- the communication architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. Ordinary technicians in this field can know that with the evolution of the communication architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
- the communication system includes a first device and M terminal devices (for example, terminal device #1, terminal device #2, ..., terminal device #M).
- the first device is used to send superimposed modulation symbols to the M terminal devices, and the superimposed modulation symbols can carry data of each of the M terminal devices.
- the first device can be a network device in an NR system; or, the first device can be a terminal device in a sidelink (SL), and the first device can send superimposed modulation symbols to M terminal devices connected to the first device SL; or, the first device can be an optical communication device in a wireless optical communication system.
- the first device can include a light-emitting device, and each of the M terminal devices can include an optical receiving device, and then the first device can send superimposed modulation symbols to the M terminal devices through the light-emitting device, and each of the M terminal devices can receive the superimposed modulation symbols from the first device through the optical receiving device.
- a first device generates first indication information and sends the first indication information to M terminal devices.
- the first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram.
- the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of the M terminal devices, and the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, M>K1.
- the first device can indicate to each of the M terminal devices through the first indication information: the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of the K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and then when the K1 terminal devices demodulate the modulation symbols sent by the first device superimposed with the data of the M terminal devices according to the constellation diagram, each of the K1 terminal devices can determine its own data in the constellation symbol, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for use, thereby increasing the number of terminal devices connected at the same time.
- the K1 terminal devices when they demodulate, they can extract their own data in the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis according to the constellation symbol determined when demodulating the constellation diagram and the above-mentioned mapping relationship, and then do not need to demodulate through the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty.
- the MUST technology can be optimized to increase the number of terminal devices connected at the same time and reduce the demodulation difficulty.
- the first device in the embodiment of the present application can be a network device, or a terminal device, or an optical communication device, in order to facilitate understanding of the physical form of the first device in the embodiment of the present application, the hardware structure of the first device is illustrated below by taking the first device as a network device as an example.
- FIG5 it is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device 500 and a network device 510 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device 500 includes at least one processor 501 (in FIG. 5, one processor 501 is used as an example for explanation), at least one memory 502 (in FIG. 5, one memory 502 is used as an example for explanation), and at least one transceiver 503 (in FIG. 5, one transceiver 503 is used as an example for explanation).
- the terminal device 500 may also include an output device 504 and an input device 505.
- the processor 501, the memory 502 and the transceiver 503 are connected via a communication line.
- the communication line may include a path to transmit information between the above components.
- Processor 501 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
- processor 501 may also include multiple CPUs, and processor 501 may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
- the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
- the memory 502 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, an optical disc storage (including a compressed optical disc, a laser disc, an optical disc, a digital versatile disc, or a Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
- the memory 502 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 501 through a communication line.
- the memory 502 may also be integrated with the processor 501.
- the memory 502 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 501.
- the processor 501 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 502, so as to implement the communication method described in the embodiment of the present application.
- the computer-executable instructions in the embodiment of the present application can also be referred to as application code or computer program code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the transceiver 503 may use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), or wireless local area networks (WLAN).
- the transceiver 503 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
- the output device 504 communicates with the processor 501 and can display information in a variety of ways.
- the output device 504 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
- LCD liquid crystal display
- LED light emitting diode
- CRT cathode ray tube
- the input device 505 communicates with the processor 501 and can accept user input in various ways.
- the input device 505 can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
- the network device 510 includes at least one processor 511 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary processor 511 is used as an example for explanation), at least one memory 512 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary memory 512 is used as an example for explanation), at least one transceiver 513 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary transceiver 513 is used as an example for explanation) and at least one network interface 514 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary network interface 514 is used as an example for explanation).
- the processor 511, the memory 512, the transceiver 513 and the network interface 514 are connected through a communication line.
- the network interface 514 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (for example, an S1 interface), or to connect to the network interface of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (for example, an X2 interface) (not shown in FIG. 5), and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
- the relevant description of the processor 511, the memory 512 and the transceiver 513 can refer to the description of the processor 501, the memory 502 and the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500, which will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for realizing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal, etc.
- the terminal may be a UE, an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a terminal agent or a terminal device in a 5G network or a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc.
- PLMN public land mobile network
- the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device or a wearable device, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in smart city, a wireless terminal in smart home, etc.
- the terminal device may be mobile or fixed.
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that communicates with a terminal device.
- the network device may include a transmission and reception point (TRP), a base station, a remote radio unit (RRU) or a baseband unit (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit (DU)) of a separated base station, a satellite, a drone, a broadband network gateway (BNG), a converged switch, a non-3GPP access device, a relay station or an access point, etc.
- TRP transmission and reception point
- RRU remote radio unit
- BBU baseband unit
- DU digital unit
- FIG4 takes the first device as an example of a base station for illustration, which is uniformly explained here and will not be repeated below.
- the base station can be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system for mobile communication (GSM) or code division multiple access (CDMA) network, an NB (Node B) in wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), an eNB or eNodeB (evolutional NodeB) in LTE, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a base station in a 5G communication system (such as a next-generation Node B (gNodeB, gNB)), or a base station in a future evolution network, etc., without specific limitation herein.
- GSM global system for mobile communication
- CDMA code division multiple access
- WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
- eNB or eNodeB evolutional NodeB
- LTE long term evolution
- CRAN cloud radio access network
- gNodeB next-generation Node B
- gNodeB next-generation Node B
- the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
- the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
- the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB, for example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the RRC and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
- the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the MAC layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
- the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, RF processing, and related functions of active antennas.
- the first device and the terminal device may also be referred to as a communication device, which may be a general device or a dedicated device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
- the relevant functions of the terminal device or the first device may be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. It is understandable that the above functions may be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform).
- a platform e.g., a cloud platform
- a flow chart of a communication method includes the following steps:
- the first device generates first indication information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram.
- the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of M terminal devices.
- the i-th bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, M>K1.
- the first device sends the first indication information to M terminal devices.
- each of the M terminal devices receives the first indication information from the first device.
- the first device may establish a connection with multiple terminal devices.
- the establishment of a connection between the first device and the terminal device may refer to the completion of synchronization between the terminal device and the first device, or the terminal device may obtain configuration information sent by the first device, or the terminal device may perform signaling interaction with the first device, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the first device may establish a connection with multiple terminal devices to obtain information about each of the multiple terminal devices, and then determine the M terminal devices that need to be accessed simultaneously, thereby determining which terminal devices' data need to be carried in the superimposed modulation symbol.
- the information of the terminal device may include identification information of the terminal device.
- the identification information of the terminal device can be used to identify the terminal device.
- the identification information of the terminal device may include an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), an international mobile equipment identity (IMEI), a mobile equipment identifier (MEID), a unique device identifier (Unique Device Identifier), or other information that identifies the terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
- IMEI international mobile equipment identity
- MEID mobile equipment identifier
- Unique Device Identifier unique Device Identifier
- the superimposed modulation symbol can be represented by a constellation point, and the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point can represent the data carried by the superimposed modulation symbol.
- the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram can be used to modulate and demodulate the data of M terminal devices.
- the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram may be agreed upon by the protocol, or negotiated in advance between the first device and the terminal device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. That is, the first device and the terminal device may determine the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram, and further determine one or more of the following: the number of constellation points in the constellation diagram; the number of constellation symbols; the number of symbols contained in the constellation symbol (or the number of symbol bits); the one or more bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis; or the one or more bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis.
- FIG7 is a classic 16-QAM constellation diagram.
- the classic 16-QAM constellation diagram includes 16 constellation points, and the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in four rows and four columns. Among them, even distribution may mean that among the multiple constellation points in each row or column, the spacing between any adjacent constellation points is the same.
- a constellation symbol may include 4-bit symbols.
- the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in four rows and four columns, the constellation symbol corresponds to two-bit symbols on the I axis and two-bit symbols on the Q axis.
- the mapping rule can be the Gray rule or the natural mapping rule described in the "Constellation Diagram" in the preamble of the specific implementation method.
- the constellation symbol in Figure 7 adopts the natural mapping rule. Specifically, the constellation point in the upper left corner of Figure 7 can be marked as point No. 0, and the constellation point in the lower right corner of Figure 7 can be marked as point No. 15. Then, from top to bottom (along the negative direction of the Q axis), by row scanning, points No. 0, 1, ..., 15 can be marked in sequence.
- the numbering of the constellation point is converted from decimal to binary, that is, No. 0 corresponds to "0000", No. 1 corresponds to "0001", No. 2 corresponds to "0010", ..., No. 15 corresponds to "1111", and then the 4-bit symbol converted to binary can be used as the constellation symbol.
- the constellation point on the I axis corresponds to the last two bits (or called the lower two bits) of the constellation symbol
- the constellation point on the Q axis corresponds to the first two bits (or called the upper two bits) of the constellation symbol.
- the coordinates of the constellation points appearing on the I axis are -3, -1, +1, and +3, respectively.
- the constellation symbol coordinate -3 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 00
- the constellation symbol coordinate -1 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 01
- the constellation symbol coordinate +1 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 10
- the constellation symbol coordinate +3 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 11.
- the constellation symbol coordinates of the constellation points appearing on the Q axis are -3, -1, +1, and +3, respectively.
- the constellation symbol coordinate -3 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 11
- the constellation symbol coordinate -1 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 10
- the constellation symbol coordinate +1 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 01
- the constellation symbol coordinate +3 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 00.
- Figure 8 is a 16-QAM constellation diagram using the Gray rule mapping between constellation points and constellation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point in the upper left corner is changed from “0000” in Figure 7 to "1011", and the constellation symbol "1011” corresponding to the constellation point is only different from the constellation symbol "1001" corresponding to the adjacent constellation point in the I-axis direction (corresponding to the 1st constellation point in Figure 7) in a single symbol, and the constellation symbol "1010” corresponding to the adjacent constellation point in the Q-axis direction (corresponding to the 4th constellation point in Figure 7) is also only different from a single symbol.
- the constellation symbols in the leftmost column in FIG8 are respectively: “1011”, “1010", “1110”, and "1111".
- the first symbol and the third symbol are the same among the four constellation symbols in this column, and the constellation symbols in the other three columns in FIG8 also follow this rule, and thus the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbols in FIG8 on the I axis are the first symbol and the third symbol. Similarly, the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbols in FIG8 on the Q axis are the second symbol and the fourth symbol.
- mapping rules can be used between constellation points and constellation symbols, so that the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis are the 1st symbol and the 4th symbol, and the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis are the 2nd symbol and the 3rd symbol.
- the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
- the constellation symbol corresponds to two symbols on the I axis and two symbols on the Q axis. If the number of rows and columns in which the 16 constellation points are distributed is different, the number of symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis may be different from the number of symbols corresponding to the Q axis.
- FIG9 is another 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in two rows and eight columns.
- the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis is the last three digits in the constellation symbol
- the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis is the first digit in the constellation symbol. It can be understood that when the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in eight rows and two columns, the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis is the first digit in the constellation symbol, and the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis is the last three digits in the constellation symbol.
- the modulation order m increases, the number of symbols in the constellation symbol also increases, and thus the multi-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis or the Q axis may be partially adjacent or partially non-adjacent.
- the constellation symbol is "b 1 b 2 b 3 b 4 b 5 b 6 "
- the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis may be b 1 b 2 b 6
- the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis may be b 3 b 4 b 5 .
- the number of symbol bits corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis can be represented by NI
- the number of symbol bits corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis can be represented by NQ .
- the sum of NI and NQ is the modulation order m, that is, the total number of bits of the constellation symbol. If the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is NI , then the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis is If the number of symbol bits corresponding to the Q axis is N Q , then the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis is
- the mapping rules between the constellation points and the constellation symbols, and the arrangement of the constellation points may be agreed upon by a protocol, or negotiated in advance by the first device and the terminal device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
- the constellation diagram used to obtain the superimposed modulation symbol may be predefined or preconfigured, and the terminal device may determine the mapping rules between the constellation points and the constellation symbols, and the arrangement of the constellation points through the constellation diagram.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include a mapping rule between constellation points and constellation symbols, and/or an arrangement of constellation points. That is, the mapping rule between constellation points and constellation symbols, and/or an arrangement of constellation points may be notified to the M terminal devices through the first indication information, and then the M terminal devices may generate a constellation diagram according to the first indication information, and demodulate the superimposed modulation symbols sent by the first device through the constellation diagram.
- the first device can obtain information of each of the M terminal devices by establishing a connection with each of the multiple terminal devices.
- the information of each of the M terminal devices can be used to generate the first indication information and/or the constellation diagram.
- the first device can determine the mapping relationship between the constellation symbol and the data of the M terminal devices based on the information of the terminal device, and then generate the first indication information.
- the first device can determine one or more of the following based on the information of the terminal device: the arrangement of the constellation points in the constellation diagram, the constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis in the constellation diagram, or the constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the Q axis in the constellation diagram.
- the mapping relationship between the constellation symbol and the data of the M terminal devices may refer to: the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. That is, since the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, after each of the M terminal devices demodulates the superimposed modulation symbol according to the constellation diagram to obtain the constellation symbol, it can obtain its own corresponding data according to the above mapping relationship, so it does not need to be demodulated by the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty.
- mapping relationship between the constellation symbols and the data of the M terminal devices is introduced below.
- the jth terminal device among the M terminal devices can be represented as UE#j, j ⁇ 0,1,...,M ⁇ , and the data of the jth terminal device can be represented as data#j, and data#j can include one or more bits.
- the amount of data of different terminal devices can be the same or different.
- data#1 and data#2 can both include one bit
- data#3 can include two bits, so that the amount of data between data#1 and data#2 is the same, and the amount of data between data#1 and data#3 is different.
- the i-th symbol bi in the constellation symbol can carry data #j of the j-th terminal device UE#j, that is, bi is the data #j of UE#j. It should be understood that m and M are both integers, m ⁇ M, and M>2.
- i can be equal to j, for example, the first bit symbol b1 can carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1.
- i can be different from j, for example, the first bit symbol b1 can carry data #2 of the second terminal device UE#2.
- the second bit symbol b2 can carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1.
- the mapping relationship between each bit symbol in the constellation symbol and the data of each terminal device in the M terminal devices can be one-to-one mapping, that is, each bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of only one terminal device.
- the m-bit symbol in the constellation symbol can carry data of m terminal devices.
- the multi-bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of a terminal device.
- the multi-bit symbols in the constellation symbol may be adjacent to each other or not adjacent to each other.
- the multi-bit symbol may be a 2-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, a 4-bit symbol, or a symbol of more bits, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the intervals between the multi-bit symbols may be 1-bit symbols, 2-bit symbols, 3-bit symbols, or a symbol of more bits, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- b1 and b2 in the constellation symbol " b1 b2 ... bi ... bm " can carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1; or, b1 and b3 can carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1. Similarly, b1 and bm can carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1.
- some symbols in the constellation symbol may be multi-bit symbols carrying data of one terminal device, and one-bit symbols in another part of the symbols may carry data of one terminal device.
- b1 and b2 in the constellation symbol " b1 b2 ...b i ...b m " may carry data #1 of the first terminal device UE#1, and b3 may carry data #2 of the second terminal device UE#2.
- the constellation symbol is composed of a multi-bit symbol corresponding to the I axis and a multi-bit symbol corresponding to the Q axis, that is, the constellation symbol can be divided into two parts, one of which corresponds to the I axis and the other corresponds to the Q axis.
- the first device needs to allocate different powers to different terminal devices. Therefore, the first device can divide the M terminal devices into two sets according to the information of each terminal device in the M terminal devices, one of which is associated with the symbols on the I axis and the other is associated with the symbols on the Q axis.
- the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis.
- the first set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices
- the second set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices except the first set. That is, the terminal devices in the first set are different from the terminal devices in the second set.
- the first set may include K I terminal devices
- the second set may include K Q terminal devices.
- K I and K Q are both positive integers
- the sum of K I and K Q is M.
- the kth terminal device among the K I terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k ⁇ 0,1,...,K I ⁇
- the kth terminal device among the K Q terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k ⁇ 0,1,...,K Q ⁇ .
- the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set, and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set. It can be understood that, since the M terminal devices are divided into only two sets, when the M terminal devices receive indication information corresponding to one of the sets, the terminal devices that are not indicated may determine that they belong to the other set.
- the information of the terminal device may also include channel information between the terminal device and the first device.
- the channel information between the terminal device and the first device may refer to a channel through which the first device sends information to the terminal device. It can be understood that if the first device is a network device, the channel between the terminal device and the first device may be a downlink channel. If the first device is a terminal device, the channel between the terminal device and the first device may be an SL channel.
- channel information can be used to determine the first set and the second set.
- the channel information may include a channel response amplitude value, an absolute value of the channel response amplitude, or a channel response amplitude coefficient, etc., which is not specifically limited in the implementation of this application.
- the first device can configure multiple terminal devices with similar channel response amplitude values as the first set or the second set based on the channel information corresponding to the M terminal devices.
- the first device can configure multiple terminal devices located inside the cell as the first set, and configure multiple terminal devices located at the edge of the cell as the second set.
- the first device can also use other strategies to determine the first set and the second set, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
- the first device obtains the channel information corresponding to each terminal device by: the first device sends a reference signal for channel measurement to each terminal device (for example, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB), or a tracking reference signal (TRS), etc.), and receives the channel information obtained by measuring the reference signal fed back by each terminal device; or, the first device can utilize the reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels to obtain the channel information corresponding to each terminal device according to the reference signal (for example, a sounding reference signal (SRS)) measured by the first device from each terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- SSB synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
- TRS tracking reference signal
- the first axis may be an I axis or a Q axis.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is N I
- the I axis corresponds to the first set. Since the first set includes K I terminal devices, the K1 terminal devices may be the K I terminal devices in the first set, and K1 may be equal to K I .
- the parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- the number of symbol bits corresponding to the Q axis is N Q
- the Q axis corresponds to the second set. Since the first set includes K Q terminal devices, the K1 terminal devices can be the K Q terminal devices in the second set, and K1 can be equal to K Q .
- the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can carry data of K1 terminal devices among M terminal devices, and N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for simultaneous use, the number of terminal devices that can be simultaneously accessed by the first device can be increased.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices
- the respective corresponding data can be determined according to the N1-bit symbol in the constellation symbol corresponding to the superimposed modulation symbol.
- the first terminal device can determine that the data it receives is "0".
- the first device may only map the symbol to the data of the terminal device for one of the I axis and the Q axis. That is, one of the I axis and the Q axis may carry the data of multiple terminal devices, and the other axis may only carry the data of one terminal device. Furthermore, the number of terminal devices other than the K1 terminal devices in the M terminal devices is 1.
- mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices may be the following:
- Each bit symbol in the N1 bit symbol is mapped one by one to the data of each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices. That is, the N1 bit symbol can be allocated to N1 terminal devices at most.
- the multi-bit symbol in the N1-bit symbol carries the data of a terminal device.
- the multi-bit symbol can be a 2-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, or a more-bit symbol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the multi-bit symbols can be adjacent to each other, or not adjacent. If not adjacent, the interval between the multi-bit symbols can be 1-bit symbol, 2-bit symbol, 3-bit symbol, or more-bit symbol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- b 2 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices
- b 4 b 3 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices
- b 3 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices
- b N1 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices.
- some of the symbols in the N1-bit symbol can be multi-bit symbols carrying data of one terminal device, and one of the other symbols can carry data of one terminal device.
- b1 and b2 in the N1-bit symbol can carry data of the first terminal device
- b3 can carry data of the second terminal device.
- the superimposed modulation symbols transmitted by the first device can be divided into I-path components and Q-path components, and thus the transmission power corresponding to the N1-bit symbol on the first axis needs to meet the receiving requirements of the terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices.
- the first terminal device may be a terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is greater than or equal to the transmission power corresponding to the first terminal device. In this way, it can be ensured that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis meets the reception requirement of the first terminal device.
- the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates.
- a constellation symbol coordinates there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings.
- A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction of the first axis, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbols relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points. It can be understood that the greater the distance or spacing between adjacent constellation points, the better the anti-noise performance, but one of the constellation points will be farther from the origin, and thus more power needs to be allocated to the constellation point.
- the spacing between two constellation points that are not prone to interference can be reduced to save power consumption; on the other hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are prone to interference can be increased to improve the anti-noise performance.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to the K1 terminal devices.
- the K1 transmit powers may be allocated by the first device. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the A constellation symbol coordinates may be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices.
- the following takes the example that the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices to illustrate the method of determining A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the first axis is the I axis
- the first set corresponding to the I axis may include K I terminal devices
- the kth terminal device among the K I terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k ⁇ 0,1,...,K I ⁇
- the I axis corresponds to N I -bit symbols
- the channel information corresponding to the k-th terminal device may refer to: the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to the k-th terminal device
- Formula (3) is as follows:
- d k may also be equal to
- ; or, d k may also be equal to p k , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- N I may be equal to K I .
- It can be used to carry data of K I terminal devices.
- the data between K I terminal devices can be sequentially mapped, that is, It can be data #KI of UE# KI , bk can be data #k of UE#k, and b1 can be data #1 of UE#1.
- the spacing between different adjacent constellation symbols in the M I constellation symbol coordinates is equal, that is, the M I constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform spacing.
- the spacings between different adjacent constellation symbols in the M I constellation symbol coordinates are unequal, that is, the M I constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacings.
- the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing, the A constellation symbol coordinates are determined according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application and data of K I terminal devices.
- the constellation points of the 64-QAM constellation diagram are evenly distributed in an 8 ⁇ 8 manner, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis is Then, the maximum value of NI in the NI- bit symbol corresponding to the I-axis is 3, and the NI -bit symbol can be allocated to at most 3 terminal devices for use.
- the NI -bit symbol corresponding to the I-axis can be expressed as b3b2b1 , b3b2b1 ⁇ ⁇ 000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111 ⁇ .
- three terminal devices can be represented as UE#1, UE#2, and UE#3, respectively.
- the data of UE#1 can be represented by data#1
- the data of UE#2 can be represented by data#2
- the data of UE#3 can be represented by data#3.
- b3 corresponds to data#3
- b2 corresponds to data#2
- b1 corresponds to data#1.
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#1 may be represented by
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#2 may be represented by
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#3 may be represented by
- the transmission power allocated by the first device to UE#1 is p 1
- the transmission power allocated by the first device to UE#2 is p 2
- the transmission power allocated by the first device to UE#3 is p 3
- p 1 +p 2 +p 3 ⁇ P/2 where P is the maximum transmission power of the first device.
- d 1
- d 2
- d 3
- the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis are arranged at uniform intervals.
- the mapping relationship between the I axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ), and the N I -bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 can be obtained, as shown in Table 1 for details.
- mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis is only an example, and other mapping relationships can also be used to determine the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis.
- formula (7) can be rewritten as formula (8).
- the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis are arranged at non-uniform intervals.
- FIG11 illustrates the arrangement positions of the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis.
- the I-axis constellation symbol coordinates retain 2 digits of coordinate accuracy after the decimal point.
- the spacings between 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in Table 3 are: 1.82, 2.18, 1.82, 2.90, 1.82, 2.18, and 1.82, respectively. It should be understood that the non-uniform spacing arrangement of the constellation symbol coordinates shown in Table 3 is only an example, and only one of the spacings between the above 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates may be different from the other spacings, or other non-uniform spacing arrangements may be used, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
- the N I -bit symbols b 3 b 2 b 1 of the 8 I-axis constellation symbol coordinates can be a set ⁇ 000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, 111 ⁇ from left to right (from the -I axis to the +I axis direction).
- the 3-bit symbols of each N I -bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 are respectively allocated to UE#1, UE#2 and UE#3 for use.
- the terminal device when the terminal device detects the 0xx or 1xx symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information (i.e., data) of UE#1 is received; when the terminal device detects the x0x or x1x symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information of UE#2 is received; when the terminal device detects the xx0 or xx1 symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information of UE#3 is received.
- the order of arrangement of the numbers within the N I- bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 set of the constellation symbol coordinates is not necessarily ⁇ 000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, 111 ⁇ , but may be any other non-repetitive order, for example, ⁇ 111, 110, 101, 100, 011, 010, 001, 000 ⁇ ; or, ⁇ 101, 100, 001, 000, 010, 011, 110, 111 ⁇ , etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the first axis can be the Q axis
- the second set corresponding to the Q axis can include K Q terminal devices
- the kth terminal device among the K Q terminal devices can be represented as UE#k, k ⁇ 0,1,...,K Q ⁇
- the Q axis corresponds to N Q bit symbols
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application and data of K Q terminal devices.
- the constellation points of the 64-QAM constellation diagram in FIG12 are evenly distributed in an 8 ⁇ 8 manner, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the Q axis is Thus, the maximum value of N Q in the N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis is 3, and the N Q bit symbols can be allocated to at most 3 terminal devices for use.
- the N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis can be expressed as b 6 b 5 b 4 , b 6 b 5 b 4 ⁇ 000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111 ⁇ .
- three terminal devices can be represented as UE#4, UE#5, and UE#6, respectively.
- the data of UE#4 can be represented by data#4
- the data of UE#5 can be represented by data#5
- the data of UE#6 can be represented by data#6.
- b6 corresponds to data#6
- b5 corresponds to data#5
- b4 corresponds to data#4.
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#4 may be represented by
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#5 may be represented by
- the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE#6 may be represented by
- the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE#4 is p 4
- the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE#5 is p 5
- the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE#6 is p 6
- d 4
- d 5
- d 6
- the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis are arranged at even intervals, and the mapping relationship between the Q axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 6 b 5 b 4 ), and the N Q -bit symbol b 6 b 5 b 4 is similar to the I axis constellation symbol coordinates in Table 1, and may be referred to Table 4, which will not be repeated here.
- FIG13 illustrates the arrangement positions of 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis.
- the mapping relationship between the Q axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ), and N Q -bit symbols b 6 b 5 b 4 can be specifically referred to in Table 4.
- the intervals between 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in Table 4 are respectively 1.67, 2.33, 1.66, 3.68, 1.66, 2.34, and 1.66.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of A corresponding constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates, indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- each of the M terminal devices can generate A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the first indication information.
- the protocol may stipulate that in the case where no indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis is received, the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform intervals.
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k may be the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- the protocol may agree on an index indicating the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located, and then the first device may send the index to the terminal device, so that the terminal device may look up a table locally according to the index to determine the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- index #1 may indicate that the input parameter d k is within [0.95, 1.05], and the terminal device may use any value within [0.95, 1.05] as the input parameter d k .
- the index may also be negotiated in advance between the first device and the terminal device, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device. That is, the terminal device may determine the value in the above formula (5) according to the proportional relationship. Then, the A constellation symbol coordinates can be determined by using the mapping relationship corresponding to formula (7), for example.
- each of the A-1 intervals may refer to: the interval between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, such as the 7 corresponding intervals in Table 3: 1.82, 2.18, 1.82, 2.90, 1.82, 2.18, and 1.82.
- the indication information of the A-1 intervals may be an index of the interval range in which each of the A-1 intervals is located.
- the indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates may refer to: and the mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis (or the M Q constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis).
- the mapping relationship may be, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (7) or the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (8).
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates can implicitly indicate whether the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing. For example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices are not all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing. For another example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices are all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram also include a mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- the first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other. Exemplarily, if the first axis is the I axis, the second axis is the Q axis; if the first axis is the Q axis, the second axis is the I axis.
- N2 and K2 are both integers, N2 ⁇ K2, K2 ⁇ 1, and M>K2.
- the corresponding N1-bit symbol on the first axis can carry the data of at least two terminal devices.
- the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis has a mapping relationship with the data of K2 terminal devices, and K2 ⁇ 1, the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis can only carry the data of one terminal device.
- the setting of the second axis is similar to that of the first axis.
- the second axis is the I axis
- the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is N I
- the I axis corresponds to the first set.
- the K2 terminal devices can be the K I terminal devices in the first set, and K2 can be equal to K I.
- the second axis is the Q axis, it is similar to the case where the second axis is the I axis and will not be repeated.
- the first indication information can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices
- the respective corresponding data can be determined according to the N2-bit symbol in the constellation symbol corresponding to the superimposed modulation symbol.
- the first terminal device can determine that the data it receives is "0".
- the mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices can be: each bit symbol in the N2-bit symbol is mapped one-to-one to the data of each terminal device among the K2 terminal devices; or, multiple bits of the N2-bit symbol carry the data of one terminal device; or, some of the symbols in the N2-bit symbol can be multiple bits carrying the data of one terminal device, and one bit of another part of the symbols carries the data of one terminal device.
- N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis can all be found in the relevant description about the first axis and will not be repeated here.
- the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates.
- B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction where the second axis is located, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbol relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points.
- the adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates are similar to the corresponding A constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis.
- the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis please refer to the above description of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, which will not be repeated here.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices.
- the K2 transmit powers may be allocated by the first device. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the B constellation symbol coordinates may be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing adaptability to different channel qualities.
- the following describes how the I-Q two-path constellation diagram is synthesized by the I axis occupying the low-order bits and the Q axis occupying the high-order bits.
- FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of 6 terminal devices in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- 8 constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis and the Q axis are arranged at uniform intervals.
- the 3-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol b6b5b4b3b2b1 on the I axis is the last three bits (lower three bits) b3b2b1 , and the 3 -bit symbol b3b2b1 carries the data of UE# 3 , UE#2 and UE # 1 .
- the 3-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol b6b5b4b3b2b1 on the Q axis is the first three bits (higher three bits) b6b5b4 , and the 3-bit symbol b6b5b4 carries the data of UE # 6, UE# 5 and UE# 4 .
- Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of 6 terminal devices in another 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 15 is different from the constellation diagram in Figure 14, and the 8 constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis and the Q axis in Figure 15 are arranged at non-uniform intervals.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates, indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- each of the M terminal devices may generate B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the first indication information.
- the protocol may stipulate that in the absence of receiving indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis, the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform intervals.
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices; or, indication information of B-1 spacings in B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k may be the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- the protocol may agree on an index indicating the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located, and then the first device may send the index to the terminal device, so that the terminal device may look up a table locally according to the index to determine the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- index #1 may indicate that the input parameter d k is within [0.95, 1.05], and the terminal device may use any value within [0.95, 1.05] as the input parameter d k .
- the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device. That is, the terminal device may determine the value in the above formula (5) according to the proportional relationship. Then, the B constellation symbol coordinates can be determined by using, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to formula (7).
- the indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates may refer to: and the mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis (or the M Q constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis).
- the mapping relationship may be, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (7) or the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (8).
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates can implicitly indicate whether the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing. For example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices are not all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing. For another example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices are all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing.
- the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis includes: K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to K2 terminal devices.
- the first indication information is further used to indicate that the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis are determined according to the K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices.
- the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to the K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices, thereby obtaining the B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis.
- the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. That is, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, which can be considered that the transmission power of the I path in the first device is different from the transmission power of the Q path. In other words, the first device does not need to evenly distribute the transmission power to the I path and the Q path.
- the ratio between the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis and the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis is a first ratio.
- the first ratio is the ratio between the number of terminal devices carried by the N1-bit symbol and the number of terminal devices carried by the N2-bit symbol.
- the first ratio can be determined by formula (9).
- Formula (9) is as follows:
- PN1 may represent the transmission power of the corresponding N1-bit symbol on the first axis
- PN2 may represent the transmission power of the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis
- PN1 : PN2 represents the first ratio
- K1 represents the number of terminal devices carried by the N1-bit symbol
- K2 represents the number of terminal devices carried by the N2-bit symbol.
- the first axis is the I axis and the second axis is the Q axis.
- the 16-QAM modulation constellation diagram the I axis corresponds to a 3-bit symbol and the Q axis corresponds to a 1-bit symbol.
- the first indication information may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, or DCI, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
- S603 The first device generates positions of constellation symbols in a constellation diagram.
- the first device generates the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to the information of each terminal device among the M terminal devices, wherein the information of each terminal device among the M terminal devices may include channel information corresponding to each terminal device.
- the first device may also complete generating the first indication information at the same time, that is, step S601 and step 603 may be performed simultaneously.
- the first device may also first generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram, and then generate the first indication information, that is, step S603 may be performed before step S601; or, the first device may also first generate the first indication information, and then generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram, that is, step S603 may be performed after step S601, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
- the first device modulates the data of the M terminal devices according to the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram and the first indication information to obtain a superimposed modulation symbol, and sends the superimposed modulation symbol to the M terminal devices. Accordingly, each of the M terminal devices receives the superimposed modulation symbol from the first device.
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a modulation method of superimposed modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the first device can obtain the channel information corresponding to each terminal device in the M terminal devices according to the channel estimation, and generate a constellation diagram according to the channel information of each terminal device to obtain a constellation diagram for modulating the data of the M terminal devices.
- the first device performs channel encoding on the data (e.g., a bit data stream) of each terminal device in the M terminal devices, obtains the encoded data of each terminal device, and performs constellation mapping, that is, maps the encoded data to different symbol bits in the constellation symbol according to the mapping relationship indicated in the first indication information, thereby obtaining superimposed modulation symbols.
- the superimposed modulation symbols can be transmitted by the antenna after OFDM processing.
- Each of the M terminal devices generates a position of a constellation symbol in a constellation diagram.
- the terminal device may generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to a pre-agreed agreement; or, the terminal device may generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to the first indication information.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram indicated by the first indication information also include indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and/or indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- the indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis
- the indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- a constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the position arrangement of the constellation symbol in the direction of the first axis
- B constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the position arrangement of the constellation symbol in the direction of the second axis.
- step S605 can be performed after S602.
- step S605 may be performed before or after step S604, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
- Each of the M terminal devices demodulates the superimposed modulation symbols from the first device according to the first indication information and the position of the constellation symbols in the constellation diagram.
- Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the module framework of a demodulation method for superimposed modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application. Among them, as shown in Figure 17, terminal device #i can generate a constellation diagram according to the first indication information to obtain a constellation diagram for demodulating superimposed modulation symbols, and then determine the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram.
- Terminal device #i performs OFDM processing on the signal received via the antenna to obtain the superimposed modulation symbol from the first device, and performs inverse mapping of the constellation diagram, that is, judging the constellation point corresponding to the received superimposed modulation symbol according to the generated constellation diagram, and determining the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point according to the mapping rule between the constellation point and the constellation symbol, and then extracting the corresponding symbol in the constellation symbol as the encoded data of terminal device #i according to the mapping relationship indicated by the first indication information.
- the bit data stream of terminal device #i can be obtained after channel decoding of the encoded data of terminal device #i.
- the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first device sends a second indication information to M terminal devices, and the second indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the updated constellation diagram, and the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the second indication information may be determined according to the updated channel information and/or transmit power corresponding to the terminal device.
- the channel information and/or transmit power corresponding to the terminal device will also change accordingly.
- the channel information and/or transmit power change if the superimposed symbols are modulated and demodulated with the previous constellation diagram, the performance of the terminal device in demodulating the superimposed modulation symbols will be reduced.
- the spacing between corresponding adjacent constellation points on the I-axis and/or Q-axis in the constellation diagram of the modulation and demodulation superimposed modulation symbols can be dynamically changed, and the dynamic change is determined according to the dynamic change of the channel information and/or the transmission power corresponding to the terminal device, the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices can be further increased.
- the indication information of the above-mentioned updated A constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information that the A constellation symbol coordinates are updated to be arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing, indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the A constellation symbol coordinates, etc.
- indication information that the A constellation symbol coordinates are updated to be arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing
- indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the A constellation symbol coordinates, etc.
- the indication information of the above-mentioned updated B constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing after updating, indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the B constellation symbol coordinates, etc.
- indication information that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing after updating
- indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the B constellation symbol coordinates, etc.
- the second indication information may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, or DCI, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the actions of the first device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 511 in the network device 510 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 512 to instruct the network device 510 to execute; when the first device is a terminal device, the actions of the first device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 502 to instruct the terminal device 500 to execute, and this embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this.
- the actions of the terminal device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 502 to instruct the terminal device 500 to execute, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
- the communication device can be the first network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above first network device, or a component that can be used for the first network device; or, the communication device can be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device.
- the communication device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
- the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment.
- each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
- the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
- FIG18 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a first device 180.
- the first device 180 includes a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802.
- the transceiver module 1801 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement a transceiver function, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
- the processing module 1802 is used to generate the first indication information, which is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram, and the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols used to modulate and demodulate the data of the M terminal devices, the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and the parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, M>K1; the transceiver module 1801 is used to send the first indication information to the M terminal devices.
- the constellation diagram includes an I axis and a Q axis, wherein the first axis is the I axis or the Q axis.
- the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis, wherein the first set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and the second set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices except the first set.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram may also include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices, wherein the first terminal device may be the terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
- the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates, wherein there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the A constellation symbol coordinates, and A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of the corresponding A constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the input parameter dk is determined by the channel information and/or transmission power of the kth terminal device among the M terminal devices. It may refer to the proportion of the input parameter d k corresponding to the kth terminal device in the sum of the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k may be an interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
- the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
- the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
- the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
- the parameters of the constellation diagram further include a mapping relationship between N2 bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices.
- the first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other.
- N2 and K2 are both integers, N2 ⁇ K2, K2 ⁇ 1, M>K2.
- the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates.
- B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmission powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices.
- the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates; or, indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, wherein the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the transceiver module 1801 is further used to send second indication information to the M terminal devices.
- the second indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the updated constellation diagram.
- the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the first device 180 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
- the "module” here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
- the first device 180 when the first device 180 is a network device, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the first device 180 may take the form of the network device 510 shown in FIG. 5 .
- the function/implementation process of the processing module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 511 in the network device 510 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 512.
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 513 in the network device 510 shown in FIG5.
- the first device 180 when the first device 180 is a terminal device, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the first device 180 may take the form of the terminal device 500 shown in FIG. 5 .
- the function/implementation process of the processing module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 502.
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5.
- the first device 180 provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the above-mentioned uplink communication method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment and will not be repeated here.
- FIG19 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device 190.
- the terminal device 190 includes a transceiver module 1901 and a processing module 1902.
- the transceiver module 1901 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement a transceiver function, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
- the transceiver module 1901 is used to receive first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram.
- the constellation diagram includes a constellation symbol for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices, the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1 ⁇ K1, K1 ⁇ 2, and M>K1.
- the transceiver module 1901 is further used to receive second indication information from the first device.
- the second indication information is used to indicate parameters of the updated constellation diagram.
- the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- the terminal device 190 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
- the "module” here can refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
- the terminal device 190 can take the form of a terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5.
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 in FIG19 can be implemented by the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5.
- the function/implementation process of the processing module 1902 in FIG19 can be implemented by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 502.
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1902 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
- the terminal device 190 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effects and related implementations that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
- one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two.
- the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
- the processor can be built into an SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip.
- SoC system on chip
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- it can further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- PLDs programmable logic devices
- the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.
- DSP digital signal processing
- MCU microcontroller unit
- an artificial intelligence processor an ASIC
- SoC SoC
- FPGA field-programmable gate array
- PLD programmable gate array
- a dedicated digital circuit a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), the communication device including a processor for implementing the method in any of the above method embodiments.
- the communication device also includes a memory.
- the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
- the memory may not be in the communication device.
- the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or it may include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program or instruction, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a communication device, the communication device can execute the method described in any of the above method embodiments or any of its implementation methods.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method, which includes the method described in any of the above method embodiments or any of its implementations.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the first device described in the above method embodiment and the terminal device described in the above method embodiment.
- the above embodiments it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- a software program it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function according to the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part.
- the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more servers that can be integrated with the medium. Available media can be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., DVDs), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSDs)), etc.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Digital Transmission Methods That Use Modulated Carrier Waves (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication apparatus, for use in optimizing the MUST technology so as to increase the number of terminal devices accessed at the same time, and reducing the difficulty in demodulation. The method comprises: a first device generates first indication information, and sends the first indication information to M terminal devices. The first indication information is used for indicating a parameter of a constellation diagram. The constellation diagram comprises constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of the M terminal devices. The i-th symbol among the constellation symbols carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. The parameter of the constellation diagram comprises a mapping relationship between corresponding N1 symbols of the constellation symbols on a first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. M, N1, and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, and M>K1.
Description
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
非正交多址(non-orthogonal multiple access,NOMA)技术用于在海量用户场景下增加同时接入的终端设备的数量。其中,NOMA技术的一种实现方式是采用多用户叠加传输(multi-user superposition transmission,MUST)技术。Non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) technology is used to increase the number of terminal devices that can access the network simultaneously in a massive user scenario. One implementation of NOMA technology is to use multi-user superposition transmission (MUST) technology.
目前,MUST技术通常采用符号域(symbol domain)的叠加传输方案,即在发射端对两个终端设备各自对应的信号进行叠加编码(superposition code,SC),并分配不同的发射功率,之后向两个终端设备发送叠加后的信号。其中,终端设备接收来自发射端的信号时可以采用串行干扰消除(successive interference cancellation,SIC)的方式解调信号,进而获得该终端设备对应的数据。然而,符号域的叠加传输方案仅能适用于信道之间具有明显差异的多个终端设备,从而导致同一个波束下支持同时接入的终端设备的数量较少,并且解调难度大。因此,如何优化MUST技术以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量以及减小解调难度,是目前亟待解决的问题。At present, MUST technology usually adopts a superposition transmission scheme in the symbol domain, that is, superposition coding (SC) is performed on the signals corresponding to the two terminal devices at the transmitting end, and different transmission powers are allocated, and then the superposition signal is sent to the two terminal devices. Among them, when the terminal device receives the signal from the transmitting end, it can demodulate the signal by serial interference cancellation (SIC) to obtain the data corresponding to the terminal device. However, the superposition transmission scheme in the symbol domain can only be applied to multiple terminal devices with obvious differences between channels, resulting in a small number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously under the same beam, and the demodulation is difficult. Therefore, how to optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the demodulation difficulty is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供的通信方法及通信装置,可以优化MUST技术以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量以及减小解调难度。The communication method and communication device provided in the embodiments of the present application can optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the difficulty of demodulation.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above objectives, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一设备执行,也可以由第一设备的部件,例如第一设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括:In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a first device, or by a component of the first device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first device. The following takes the method executed by the first device as an example for description. The method includes:
第一设备生成第一指示信息,并向M个终端设备发送该第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数。该星座图包括用于调制和解调该M个终端设备的数据的星座符号。星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据。该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。The first device generates first indication information and sends the first indication information to M terminal devices. The first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram. The constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices. The i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. The parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, M>K1.
由于本申请实施例中,第一设备可以通过第一指示信息向M个终端设备中每个终端设备指示:星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,进而在该K1个终端设备根据星座图解调第一设备发送的叠加M个终端设备的数据的调制符号时,可以使得K1个终端设备中的每个终端设备确定星座符号中属于自己的数据,即星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号可以分配给多个不 同的终端设备使用,从而可以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量。而且,该K1个终端设备解调时,可以根据星座图解调时确定的星座符号以及上述映射关系,提取星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号中属于自己的数据,进而不需要通过SIC方法解调,从而减小解调难度。综上,基于本申请实施例提供的通信方法,可以优化MUST技术以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量以及减小解调难度。Because in the embodiment of the present application, the first device can indicate to each of the M terminal devices through the first indication information: the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of the K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and then when the K1 terminal devices demodulate the modulation symbols sent by the first device and superimposed with the data of the M terminal devices according to the constellation diagram, each of the K1 terminal devices can determine its own data in the constellation symbol, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for use, thereby increasing the number of terminal devices connected at the same time. Moreover, when the K1 terminal devices demodulate, they can extract their own data in the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis according to the constellation symbol determined when demodulating the constellation diagram and the above-mentioned mapping relationship, and then do not need to demodulate through the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty. In summary, based on the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the MUST technology can be optimized to increase the number of terminal devices connected at the same time and reduce the demodulation difficulty.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括:In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The following takes the method executed by the terminal device as an example for explanation. The method includes:
终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数。该星座图包括用于调制和解调该M个终端设备的数据的星座符号。星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据。该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。The terminal device receives first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram. The constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices. The i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. The parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, M>K1.
其中,第二方面的技术效果可参考上述第一方面,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effect of the second aspect can refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and will not be repeated here.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,星座图包括I轴和Q轴。其中,第一轴为I轴或Q轴。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the constellation diagram includes an I axis and a Q axis, wherein the first axis is the I axis or the Q axis.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,M个终端设备包括I轴对应的第一集合和Q轴对应的第二集合。其中,第一集合包括M个终端设备中的一个或多个终端设备,第二集合包括M个终端设备中除第一集合之外的一个或多个终端设备。也就是说,第一集合内的终端设备与第二集合内的终端设备不同。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis. The first set includes one or more terminal devices in the M terminal devices, and the second set includes one or more terminal devices in the M terminal devices except the first set. That is, the terminal devices in the first set are different from the terminal devices in the second set.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,星座图的参数还可以包括第一集合中K
I个终端设备的指示信息,和/或第二集合中K
Q个终端设备的指示信息。可以理解,由于M个终端设备仅划分为两个集合,因此在M个终端设备接收到其中一个集合对应的指示信息的情况下,未被指示的终端设备可以确定自身属于另外一个集合。
In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set, and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set. It can be understood that, since the M terminal devices are divided into only two sets, when the M terminal devices receive indication information corresponding to one of the sets, the terminal devices that are not indicated may determine that they belong to the other set.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一轴对应的N1位符号的发射功率是由K1个终端设备中的第一终端设备的发射功率确定的。其中,第一终端设备可以是K1个终端设备中信道质量最差的终端设备。示例性的,第一轴对应的N1位符号的发射功率大于或等于第一终端设备对应的发射功率。如此,可以确保第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率满足第一终端设备的接收需求。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices. Among them, the first terminal device may be a terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices. Exemplarily, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is greater than or equal to the transmission power corresponding to the first terminal device. In this way, it can be ensured that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis meets the receiving requirements of the first terminal device.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一轴上对应A个星座符号坐标。其中,A个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标。A为大于等于3的整数。也就是说,A个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的,进而星座图中的星座点在第一轴所在的方向上可以是非均匀分布的,相对于星座点均匀分布,可以增加叠加调制符号的调制性能。可以理解,相邻星座点之间的距离或间距越大,意味着抗噪声性能越好,但其中一个星座点会距离原点较远,进而需要为该星座点分配更多的功率,如果星座点以非均匀的方式分布,一方面可以减小不易产生干扰的两个星座点之间的间距,以节省功耗;另一方面,可以增加容易产生干扰的两个星座点之间的间距,以提高抗噪声性能。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates. Among the A constellation symbol coordinates, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings. A is an integer greater than or equal to 3. In other words, the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction of the first axis, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbols relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points. It can be understood that the greater the distance or spacing between adjacent constellation points, the better the anti-noise performance, but one of the constellation points will be farther from the origin, and thus more power needs to be allocated to the constellation point. If the constellation points are distributed in a non-uniform manner, on the one hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are not prone to interference can be reduced to save power consumption; on the other hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are prone to interference can be increased to improve the anti-noise performance.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。也就是说,由于A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距与信道和/或发射功率有关,进而该A个星座符号坐标可以与不同终端设备对应的信道质量相适配,从而可以增加对不同终端设备对应的信道质量的适应性。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the A constellation symbol coordinates can be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,星座图的参数还包括第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息。这样,M个终端设备中的每个终端设备可以根据第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息生成星座图中第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the parameters of the constellation diagram further include indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis. In this way, each of the M terminal devices can generate the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:该A个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息;该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息;或者,该A个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation method, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniformly spaced arrangement or uniformly spaced arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息;K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
的指示信息;或者,A个星座符号坐标中A-1个间距的指示信息。
In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
其中,输入参数d
k是由M个终端设备中的第k个终端设备的信道信息和/或发射功率确定的。K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
可以是指第k个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k在每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之和中的占比。
The input parameter dk is determined by the channel information and/or transmission power of the kth terminal device among the M terminal devices. It may refer to the proportion of the input parameter d k corresponding to the kth terminal device in the sum of the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
示例性的,输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。
Exemplarily, the indication information of the input parameter d k may be an interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
或者,示例性的,每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之间的比例关系。
Alternatively, illustratively, the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
示例性的,终端设备根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率直接计算输入参数d
k,进而得到A个星座符号坐标。
Exemplarily, the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,星座图的参数还包括星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据的映射关系。其中,第一轴与第二轴彼此正交。N2和K2均为整数,N2≥K2,K2≥1,M>K2。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the parameters of the constellation diagram further include a mapping relationship between N2-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. The first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other. N2 and K2 are both integers, N2≥K2, K2≥1, and M>K2.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二轴上对应B个星座符号坐标。其中,在K2≥2的情况下,该B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标。B为大于等于3的整数。也就是说,B个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的,进而星座图中的星座点在第二轴所在的方向上可以是非均匀分布的,相对于星座 点均匀分布,可以增加叠加调制符号的调制性能。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates. Wherein, in the case of K2≥2, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates. B is an integer greater than or equal to 3. In other words, the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and then the constellation points in the constellation diagram can be non-uniformly distributed in the direction where the second axis is located, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbol relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率确定的。其中,由于B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距与信道和/或发射功率有关,进而该B个星座符号坐标可以与不同终端设备对应的信道质量相适配,因此可以增加对不同信道质量的适应性。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices. Since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the B constellation symbol coordinates can be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing adaptability to different channel qualities.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,星座图的参数还包括第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。这样,M个终端设备中的每个终端设备可以根据第一指示信息中第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息生成星座图中第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the parameters of the constellation diagram further include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis. In this way, each of the M terminal devices can generate the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the first indication information.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:该B个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息;该B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息;或者,该B个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect above, in a possible implementation method, the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniformly spaced arrangement or uniformly spaced arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates.
结合上述第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同。其中,第二轴与第一轴彼此正交。N2为大于等于1的整数。也就是说,第一设备可以不用将发射功率均分给第一轴和第二轴,即星座图中彼此正交I轴和Q轴。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis. The second axis is orthogonal to the first axis. N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. In other words, the first device may not evenly distribute the transmission power to the first axis and the second axis, that is, the I axis and the Q axis that are orthogonal to each other in the constellation diagram.
结合上述第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方面提供的方法,还包括:In combination with the above first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method provided by the first aspect further includes:
第一设备向M个终端设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数。更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The first device sends second indication information to the M terminal devices. The second indication information is used to indicate parameters of the updated constellation diagram. The parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第二方面提供的方法,还包括:In combination with the above second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method provided by the second aspect further includes:
终端设备接收来自第一设备的第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数。更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The terminal device receives second indication information from the first device. The second indication information is used to indicate parameters of an updated constellation diagram. The parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
由于根据第二指示信息,调制和解调叠加调制符号的星座图中I轴和/或Q轴上对应的相邻星座点的间距可以是动态变化的,并且该动态变化是根据终端设备对应的信道信息和/或发射功率的动态变化确定的,因此可以进一步增加对不同终端设备对应的信道质量的适应性。Since according to the second indication information, the spacing between corresponding adjacent constellation points on the I-axis and/or Q-axis in the constellation diagram of the modulation and demodulation superimposed modulation symbols can be dynamically changed, and the dynamic change is determined according to the dynamic change of the channel information and/or the transmission power corresponding to the terminal device, the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices can be further increased.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或其任一实现方式中的第一设备,或者包含上述第一设备的装置,或者上述第一设备中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或其任一实现方式中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the above-mentioned various methods. The communication device may be the first device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above-mentioned first device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the terminal device in the above-mentioned second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal device, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal device, such as a chip. The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the implementation of the above-mentioned method, and the module, unit, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing the corresponding software implementation by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接 收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。In some possible designs, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof. The transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In some possible designs, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation methods thereof.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或其任一实现方式中的第一设备,或者包含上述第一设备的装置,或者上述第一设备中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或其任一实现方式中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects. The communication device can be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或其任一实现方式中的第一设备,或者包含上述第一设备的装置,或者上述第一设备中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或其任一实现方式中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects. The communication device can be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器;所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该存储器可以与处理器耦合,或者,也可以独立于该处理器。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或其任一实现方式中的第一设备,或者包含上述第一设备的装置,或者上述第一设备中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或其任一实现方式中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者上述终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: at least one processor; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory so that the communication device performs the method described in any one of the above aspects. The memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor. The communication device may be the first device in the above first aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above first device, or a device included in the above first device, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the terminal device in the above second aspect or any implementation thereof, or a device including the above terminal device, or a device included in the above terminal device, such as a chip.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方面或其任一实现方式所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer-readable storage medium is run on a communication device, the communication device can execute the method described in any one of the above aspects or any one of its implementation methods.
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面或其任一实现方式所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects or any one of its implementations.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方面或其任一实现方式中所涉及的功能。In a ninth aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided, wherein the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the above aspects or any of its implementation methods.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。In some possible designs, the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
在一些可能的设计中,该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible designs, when the device is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip or include a chip and other discrete devices.
可以理解的是,第三方面至第九方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,上述的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出,上述的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入。It can be understood that when the communication device provided in any one of the third aspect to the ninth aspect is a chip, the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output, and the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input.
其中,第三方面至第九方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第二方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any design method in the third to ninth aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by different design methods in the above-mentioned first or second aspects, and will not be repeated here.
第十方面,提供一种通信方法,该通信方法包括上述第一方面或其任一实现方式所 述的方法,以及上述第二方面或其任一实现方式所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication method is provided, which includes the method described in the first aspect or any implementation thereof, and the method described in the second aspect or any implementation thereof.
第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述方面所述的第一设备和上述方面所述的终端设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes the first device described in the above aspect and the terminal device described in the above aspect.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种QAM星座图的示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种非对称下行链路信道模型示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an asymmetric downlink channel model provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种调制符号的叠加编码示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of superposition coding of a modulation symbol provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的终端设备和网络设备的硬件结构示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device and a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG6 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种经典的16-QAM星座图的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a classic 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种星座点与星座符号之间采用格雷规则映射的16-QAM星座图的示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a 16-QAM constellation diagram using Gray rule mapping between constellation points and constellation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种16-QAM星座图的示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of another 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中I轴上对应的N
I位符号与K
I个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;
FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K I terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种64-QAM星座图中I轴上对应的N
I位符号与K
I个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;
FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in another 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K I terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中Q轴上对应的N
Q位符号与K
Q个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;
FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K Q terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种64-QAM星座图中Q轴上对应的N
Q位符号与K
Q个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;
FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in another 64-QAM constellation diagram and data of K Q terminal devices provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中星座符号与6个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of six terminal devices in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种64-QAM星座图中星座符号与6个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of six terminal devices in another 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种叠加调制符号的调制方式的模块框架示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a modulation method for superimposing modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种叠加调制符号的解调方式的模块框架示意图;FIG17 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a demodulation method for superimposing modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
为方便理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍。简要介绍如下:To facilitate understanding of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction to the related technologies of the present application is first given. The brief introduction is as follows:
第一,正交调制First, quadrature modulation
正交调制可以是指发射端(例如网络设备)采用两路频率相同且彼此正交(例如相位差为90°)的载波对数据进行调制,进而得到正交调制信号(或称为调制符号)。其中,正交调制又可以称为IQ调制。I可以用于表示同相(in phase)分量,Q可以用于表示正交(quadrature)分量。也就是说,经过正交调制的数据可以包括彼此正交的I路分量和Q路分量,进而在接收端(例如终端设备)可以将I路分量和Q路分量视为两 路可独立检测的维度。Quadrature modulation can refer to the transmitter (such as a network device) using two carriers with the same frequency and orthogonal to each other (for example, a phase difference of 90°) to modulate the data, thereby obtaining a quadrature modulated signal (or modulation symbol). Among them, quadrature modulation can also be called IQ modulation. I can be used to represent the in-phase component, and Q can be used to represent the quadrature component. In other words, the data after quadrature modulation can include I-path components and Q-path components that are orthogonal to each other, and then the I-path component and the Q-path component can be regarded as two independently detectable dimensions at the receiving end (such as a terminal device).
示例性的,调制符号可以使用复数值表示,例如可以通过公式(1)确定。Exemplarily, the modulation symbol may be represented by a complex value, for example, determined by formula (1).
x=a+i·b=a·cosωt+b·sinωt 公式(1)x=a+i·b=a·cosωt+b·sinωt Formula (1)
公式(1)中,x可以表示调制符号,a可以表示I路分量的幅度,b可以表示Q路分量的幅度,cosωt可以表示I路分量调制时使用的载波,sinωt可以表示Q路分量调制时使用的载波,ω表示载波的频率。In formula (1), x may represent a modulation symbol, a may represent the amplitude of the I-path component, b may represent the amplitude of the Q-path component, cosωt may represent the carrier used when modulating the I-path component, sinωt may represent the carrier used when modulating the Q-path component, and ω represents the frequency of the carrier.
可以理解,调制可以是指利用载波的相关参数(例如幅度、频率、或者相位等)的变化传递信息,将待发送的数据映射到调制符号x上。其中,根据该相关参数的不同,正交调制可以包括:二相相移键控(binary phase shift keying,BPSK)、π/2-BPSK、正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK)、或者正交幅度调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM)等。示例性的,BPSK可以是指利用载波的相位变化传递信息,并且载波的幅度和频率保持不变。QAM可以是指利用载波的幅度变化和相位变化传递信息,并且载波的频率保持不变。It can be understood that modulation may refer to the use of changes in relevant parameters of the carrier (such as amplitude, frequency, or phase, etc.) to transmit information and map the data to be sent to the modulation symbol x. According to the difference in the relevant parameters, quadrature modulation may include: binary phase shift keying (BPSK), π/2-BPSK, quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), or quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), etc. Exemplarily, BPSK may refer to the use of phase changes of the carrier to transmit information, and the amplitude and frequency of the carrier remain unchanged. QAM may refer to the use of amplitude changes and phase changes of the carrier to transmit information, and the frequency of the carrier remains unchanged.
应理解,待发送的数据可以使用比特(bit)表示,每个比特可以由“0”或“1”表示,进而待发送的数据可以表示为由“0”和“1”组成的比特序列(或称为比特流),比如{010010…}。其中,调制符号x可以承载数据中的一位或多位比特。示例性的,在BPSK中,一个调制符号可以承载一位比特(共有“0”和“1”两种)的数据量,共有2种不同的调制符号。在QPSK中,可以将两位比特组成一组(共有“00”、“01”、“11”、以及“10”四种),进而一个调制符号可以承载两位比特的数据量,共有4种不同的调制符号。在2
m-QAM中,调制阶数为m,一个调制符号可以承载m位比特的数据量,即共有2
m种不同的调制符号。
It should be understood that the data to be sent can be represented by bits, each bit can be represented by "0" or "1", and the data to be sent can be represented as a bit sequence (or bit stream) composed of "0" and "1", such as {010010...}. Among them, the modulation symbol x can carry one or more bits in the data. Exemplarily, in BPSK, one modulation symbol can carry one bit of data (there are two types of "0" and "1"), and there are 2 different modulation symbols. In QPSK, two bits can be grouped into a group (there are four types of "00", "01", "11", and "10"), and then one modulation symbol can carry two bits of data, and there are 4 different modulation symbols. In 2m -QAM, the modulation order is m, and one modulation symbol can carry m bits of data, that is, there are 2m different modulation symbols.
示例性的,在16-QAM中,2
m=16,m=4,进而一个调制符号可以承载4位比特的数据量。在64-QAM中,2
m=64,m=6,进而一个调制符号可以承载6位比特的数据量。
For example, in 16-QAM, 2 m =16, m=4, and thus one modulation symbol can carry 4 bits of data. In 64-QAM, 2 m =64, m=6, and thus one modulation symbol can carry 6 bits of data.
第二,星座图(constellation diagram)Second, the constellation diagram
星座图可以用于定义调制符号x的幅度信息和相位信息,即可以通过星座点表示调制符号。其中,星座图包括I轴(例如可以是星座图中的横坐标轴)和Q轴(例如可以是星座图中的纵坐标轴),进而星座点可以表示为向量形式(例如(I1,Q1))。The constellation diagram can be used to define the amplitude information and phase information of the modulation symbol x, that is, the modulation symbol can be represented by the constellation point. The constellation diagram includes an I axis (for example, the horizontal axis in the constellation diagram) and a Q axis (for example, the vertical axis in the constellation diagram), and the constellation point can be represented in a vector form (for example, (I1, Q1)).
示例性的,图1为本申请实施例提供的一种QAM星座图的示意图。如图1所示,由于每个调制符号可以承载两位比特的数据量,即2
m=4,m=2,因此图1所示的星座图可以包括4个星座点,每个星座点可以承载2比特的数据量。以图1中右上角的星座点为例,I1为该星座点在I轴上的坐标(即星座点投影在I轴上的数值),用于表示调制符号中的I路分量的幅度信息。Q1为该星座点在Q轴上的坐标(即星座点投影在Q轴上的数值),用于表示调制符号中的Q路分量的幅度信息。向量(I1,Q1)与I轴之间的夹角
可以用于表示该调制符号对应的载波的相位信息。也就是说,星座点(I1,Q1)可以表示调制符号
1/E为调制符号对应的归一化因子,E为星座图中4个调制符号对应的能量之和。
Exemplarily, FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1, since each modulation symbol can carry two bits of data, that is, 2m =4, m=2, the constellation diagram shown in FIG1 may include four constellation points, and each constellation point can carry 2 bits of data. Taking the constellation point in the upper right corner of FIG1 as an example, I1 is the coordinate of the constellation point on the I-axis (that is, the value of the constellation point projected on the I-axis), which is used to represent the amplitude information of the I-path component in the modulation symbol. Q1 is the coordinate of the constellation point on the Q-axis (that is, the value of the constellation point projected on the Q-axis), which is used to represent the amplitude information of the Q-path component in the modulation symbol. The angle between the vector (I1, Q1) and the I-axis is It can be used to represent the phase information of the carrier corresponding to the modulation symbol. In other words, the constellation point (I1, Q1) can represent the modulation symbol 1/E is the normalization factor corresponding to the modulation symbol, and E is the sum of the energies corresponding to the four modulation symbols in the constellation diagram.
进一步的,星座点到原点(0,0)之间的距离可以表示该星座点对应的调制符号的能量。可以理解,该距离越大,意味着该星座点对应的调制符号的能量越大。Furthermore, the distance between the constellation point and the origin (0,0) can represent the energy of the modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point. It can be understood that the larger the distance is, the greater the energy of the modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point is.
参见图1,每个星座点可以对应一个星座符号,该星座符号可以表示待发送的数据。其中,星座符号可以是由可以表示比特“0”或比特“1”的信息组成的L位符号。若使用符号“0”表示比特“0”,符号“1”表示比特“1”,则L可以等于调制阶数m,m和L均为正整数。示例性的,星座符号可以是由“0”或“1”组成的L位符号,“0”可以表示比特“0”,“1”表示比特“1”,L=m,以b
i∈{0,1},i∈{0,1,…,m}为例,星座符号“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”按照从左至右(或称为从高位到低位)的顺序,星座符号中的第1位符号b
1可以表示比特b
1,第2位符号b
2表示第2位比特b
2,以此类推,第i位符号b
i表示第i位比特b
i。这样,星座符号“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”可以表示数据“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”。
Referring to FIG. 1 , each constellation point may correspond to a constellation symbol, and the constellation symbol may represent data to be sent. The constellation symbol may be an L-bit symbol composed of information that may represent bit “0” or bit “1”. If the symbol “0” is used to represent bit “0” and the symbol “1” represents bit “1”, then L may be equal to the modulation order m, and both m and L are positive integers. Exemplarily, the constellation symbol may be an L-bit symbol composed of “0” or “1”, “0” may represent bit “0”, and “1” may represent bit “1”, and L=m. Taking bi∈ {0,1}, i∈{0,1,…,m} as an example, the constellation symbols “ b1b2 … b1 … bm ” are arranged from left to right (or from high to low), and the first symbol b1 in the constellation symbol may represent bit b1 , the second symbol b2 represents the second bit b2 , and so on, and the i-th symbol b1 represents the i-th bit b1 . Thus, the constellation symbol “b 1 b 2 … bi …b m ” can represent the data “b 1 b 2 … bi …b m ”.
或者,可以使用其他一位符号或多位符号表示比特“0”,以及使用其他一位符号或多位符号表示比特“1”,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, other single-bit symbols or multi-bit symbols may be used to represent bit "0", and other single-bit symbols or multi-bit symbols may be used to represent bit "1", which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解,由于星座符号可以表示待发送的数据,因此通过星座图中星座点与星座符号之间的映射关系,可以得到待发送的数据与调制符号之间的映射关系。其中,图1中的右上角的星座点(I1,Q1)可以与数据比特“01”一一对应,进而通过图1所示的星座图可以将数据比特“01”映射至符号
所对应的星座点。
It can be understood that since the constellation symbol can represent the data to be sent, the mapping relationship between the data to be sent and the modulation symbol can be obtained through the mapping relationship between the constellation point and the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram. Among them, the constellation point (I1, Q1) in the upper right corner of Figure 1 can correspond to the data bit "01" one by one, and then the data bit "01" can be mapped to the symbol through the constellation diagram shown in Figure 1. The corresponding constellation point.
进一步的,相邻两个星座点之间的距离可以称为欧式距离(euclidean metric),该距离越大,意味着抗噪声性能越好,即接收端解调调制符号时更容易解调正确,传输的信号的误码率(bit error rate,BER)越低。Furthermore, the distance between two adjacent constellation points can be called the Euclidean metric. The larger the distance, the better the anti-noise performance, that is, it is easier for the receiving end to demodulate the modulation symbols correctly, and the bit error rate (BER) of the transmitted signal is lower.
可以理解,由于传输过程中存在噪声、发射端器件的非理想因素、或者接收端器件的非理想因素,接收端解调来自发射端的调制符号时,将接收的调制符号转换为星座图中对应的接收星座点时,可能无法与星座图中该调制符号对应的星座点准确地匹配,而是落在该调制符号对应的星座点的附近,因此接收端可以根据星座图中接收星座点与其他星座点之间的距离,判断接收的调制符号对应的星座点。示例性的,假设接收端接收的调制符号对应的接收星座点落在图1中的右上部分(即第一象限),该接收星座点与星座符号“01”对应的星座点之间的距离最近,则接收端根据图1所示的星座图可以判断接收的数据是“01”。It can be understood that due to the presence of noise, non-ideal factors of the transmitting device, or non-ideal factors of the receiving device during the transmission process, when the receiving end demodulates the modulation symbol from the transmitting end, when converting the received modulation symbol into the corresponding receiving constellation point in the constellation diagram, it may not be accurately matched with the constellation point corresponding to the modulation symbol in the constellation diagram, but falls near the constellation point corresponding to the modulation symbol. Therefore, the receiving end can judge the constellation point corresponding to the received modulation symbol according to the distance between the receiving constellation point and other constellation points in the constellation diagram. Exemplarily, assuming that the receiving constellation point corresponding to the modulation symbol received by the receiving end falls in the upper right part (i.e., the first quadrant) in Figure 1, and the distance between the receiving constellation point and the constellation point corresponding to the constellation symbol "01" is the shortest, then the receiving end can judge that the received data is "01" according to the constellation diagram shown in Figure 1.
也就是说,在发射端星座图可以用于调制时数据(即星座符号)与调制符号(即星座点)的映射,在接收端星座图可以用于解调时星座点的判决,进而正确地获取调制符号对应的星座符号,从而根据星座符号获取发射端发送的数据。That is to say, at the transmitting end, the constellation diagram can be used for mapping data (i.e., constellation symbols) and modulation symbols (i.e., constellation points) during modulation. At the receiving end, the constellation diagram can be used for determining constellation points during demodulation, thereby correctly obtaining the constellation symbols corresponding to the modulation symbols, and thus obtaining the data sent by the transmitting end according to the constellation symbols.
应理解,星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则可以选择格雷映射规则或者自然映射规则等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中,格雷映射规则或者自然映射规则可以参考现有技术,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the mapping rule between the constellation point and the constellation symbol can be selected from the Gray mapping rule or the natural mapping rule, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the Gray mapping rule or the natural mapping rule can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated here.
还应理解,发射端与接收端进行通信时,发射端使用的星座图与接收端使用的星座图可以是相同的,该星座图可以由协议约定。It should also be understood that when the transmitter communicates with the receiver, the constellation diagram used by the transmitter and the constellation diagram used by the receiver may be the same, and the constellation diagram may be agreed upon by a protocol.
第三,NOMA技术Third, NOMA technology
如背景技术所述,由于NOMA中的MUST技术方案可以使得发射端在相同的时频资源上服务多个终端设备,因此在某些场景中,比如远近效应场景、或者多节点同时接入的场景,采用功率复用的MUST技术(例如符号域的叠加传输方案)相较于正交多址(orthogonal multiple access,OMA)技术具有明显的性能优势。其中,MUST技术 通常应用于远近效应场景中。远近效应场景可以包括活动在网络设备覆盖的小区边缘的终端设备和活动在网络设备覆盖的小区内部的终端设备组成的非对称下行链路(downlink)场景。活动在网络设备覆盖的小区内部的终端设备可以称为辅终端设备(或者称为辅小区内部用户设备(secondary cell-interior user equipment,UE-S)),活动在网络设备覆盖的小区边缘的终端设备可以称为主终端设备(或者称为主小区边缘用户设备(primary cell-edge UE,UE-P))。可以理解,由于UE-S与网络设备之间的距离明显大于UE-P与网络设备之间的距离,因此UE-S与网络设备之间的信道增益大于UE-P与网络设备之间的信道增益。也就是说,对于网络设备发送的信号,UE-S接收到的信号能量强于UE-P接收到的信号能量。下面以图2所示的星座图说明非对称下行链路场景下的信道模型。As described in the background technology, since the MUST technical solution in NOMA allows the transmitter to serve multiple terminal devices on the same time-frequency resources, in some scenarios, such as near-far effect scenarios, or scenarios where multiple nodes are accessed simultaneously, the MUST technology using power reuse (such as the superposition transmission scheme of the symbol domain) has obvious performance advantages over the orthogonal multiple access (OMA) technology. Among them, the MUST technology is usually applied to near-far effect scenarios. The near-far effect scenario may include an asymmetric downlink scenario consisting of terminal devices active at the edge of a cell covered by a network device and terminal devices active inside a cell covered by a network device. The terminal device active inside a cell covered by a network device may be referred to as a secondary terminal device (or secondary cell-interior user equipment (UE-S)), and the terminal device active at the edge of a cell covered by a network device may be referred to as a primary terminal device (or primary cell-edge UE (UE-P)). It can be understood that since the distance between UE-S and the network device is significantly greater than the distance between UE-P and the network device, the channel gain between UE-S and the network device is greater than the channel gain between UE-P and the network device. In other words, for the signal sent by the network device, the signal energy received by UE-S is stronger than the signal energy received by UE-P. The following uses the constellation diagram shown in Figure 2 to illustrate the channel model in the asymmetric downlink scenario.
示例性的,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种非对称下行链路信道模型示意图。如图2所示,网络设备侧的星座图中右上角的星座点#1为发送的调制符号。其中,该发送的调制符号可以包括UE-P对应的调制符号。UE-S侧的星座图中右上角的星座点#2为接收的调制符号,UE-P侧的星座图中右上角的星座点#3为接收的调制符号。为保证UE-P可以正常解调UE-P对应的调制符号,网络设备可以抬升UE-P对应的调制符号的发射功率,进而UE-S和UE-P均可以解调UE-P对应的调制符号,并且UE-S侧的星座图中接收的调制符号相对于原点的距离大于UE-P侧的星座图中的接收的调制符号相对于原点的距离,即UE-S接收到的信号能量强于UE-P接收到的信号能量。也就是说,UE-S相对于UE-P可以正常解调发送的调制符号中比UE-P对应的调制符号功率更弱的调制符号。Exemplarily, FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an asymmetric downlink channel model provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG2, the constellation point # 1 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the network device side is a transmitted modulation symbol. Among them, the transmitted modulation symbol may include a modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P. The constellation point # 2 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the UE-S side is a received modulation symbol, and the constellation point # 3 in the upper right corner of the constellation diagram on the UE-P side is a received modulation symbol. To ensure that UE-P can normally demodulate the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P, the network device can raise the transmission power of the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P, so that both UE-S and UE-P can demodulate the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P, and the distance of the received modulation symbol in the constellation diagram on the UE-S side relative to the origin is greater than the distance of the received modulation symbol in the constellation diagram on the UE-P side relative to the origin, that is, the signal energy received by UE-S is stronger than the signal energy received by UE-P. In other words, UE-S can normally demodulate the modulation symbol with weaker power than the modulation symbol corresponding to UE-P in the transmitted modulation symbol relative to UE-P.
在NOMA技术中,子信道传输可以采用正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)技术。也就是说,多个子信道之间彼此是正交的,但是一个子信道上不再仅传输一个终端设备的数据(即调制符号),而是多个终端设备的数据共享一个子信道,进而可以提高频谱效率。In NOMA technology, sub-channel transmission can adopt orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technology. That is to say, multiple sub-channels are orthogonal to each other, but a sub-channel no longer transmits only the data (i.e., modulation symbols) of one terminal device, but the data of multiple terminal devices share one sub-channel, which can improve the spectrum efficiency.
应理解,多个终端设备的数据共享一个子信道可以是指:在发射端侧,对同一个子信道上的不同终端设备的调制符号采用功率复用技术进行发送,即不同的终端设备的调制符号的发射功率按照相关的算法进行分配,并使用SC叠加在一起进行发送。相应地,在终端设备侧可以采用SIC方法接收信号,即根据不同终端设备的调制符号功率大小按照一定的顺序进行干扰消除,实现正确解调,同时也达到了区分不同终端设备的调制符号的目的。It should be understood that the data of multiple terminal devices sharing a subchannel may mean that: on the transmitting end side, the modulation symbols of different terminal devices on the same subchannel are sent using power multiplexing technology, that is, the transmission power of the modulation symbols of different terminal devices is allocated according to the relevant algorithm, and SC is used to superimpose them for transmission. Correspondingly, the SIC method can be used to receive the signal on the terminal device side, that is, according to the power size of the modulation symbols of different terminal devices, interference elimination is performed in a certain order to achieve correct demodulation, and the purpose of distinguishing the modulation symbols of different terminal devices is also achieved.
可以理解,由于在终端设备采用SIC方法接收信号时是根据调制符号功率的大小顺序进行干扰消除,因此期望每个终端设备接收到的信号功率都不一样,这样每个终端设备才可以正确地解调信号。示例性的,以终端设备#1对应的信道质量较差,终端设备#2对应的信道质量较好为例,发射端发送的信号可以包括终端设备#1对应的调制符号#1,以及终端设备#2对应的调制符号#2,并且调制符号#1分配的发射功率大于调制符号#2分配的发射功率。对于终端设备#1,由于终端设备#1对应的信道质量较差,进而终端设备#1接收的信号功率较小,因此终端设备#1仅可以正常解调接收信号中的调制符号#1,调制符号#2可以视为噪声。对于终端设备#2,由于终端设备#2对应的信道质量较好,进而终端设备#2接收的信号功率较大,因此终端设备#2可以正常解调调制符 号#1和调制符号#2。基于此,终端设备#2可以将调制符号#1视为干扰,在解调出调制符号#1之后可以在接收信号中消除调制符号#1带来的干扰,消除干扰后的接收信号即可以视为调制符号#2,如此终端设备#1和终端设备#2均可以实现正确解调。It can be understood that, since the interference elimination is performed according to the order of the power of the modulation symbol when the terminal device receives the signal using the SIC method, it is expected that the signal power received by each terminal device is different, so that each terminal device can correctly demodulate the signal. Exemplarily, taking the case where the channel quality corresponding to terminal device # 1 is poor and the channel quality corresponding to terminal device # 2 is good as an example, the signal sent by the transmitter may include the modulation symbol # 1 corresponding to terminal device # 1 and the modulation symbol # 2 corresponding to terminal device # 2, and the transmission power allocated to the modulation symbol # 1 is greater than the transmission power allocated to the modulation symbol # 2. For terminal device # 1, since the channel quality corresponding to terminal device # 1 is poor, and thus the signal power received by terminal device # 1 is small, terminal device # 1 can only demodulate the modulation symbol # 1 in the received signal normally, and the modulation symbol # 2 can be regarded as noise. For terminal device # 2, since the channel quality corresponding to terminal device # 2 is good, and thus the signal power received by terminal device # 2 is large, terminal device # 2 can demodulate the modulation symbol # 1 and the modulation symbol # 2 normally. Based on this, terminal device # 2 can regard modulation symbol # 1 as interference. After demodulating modulation symbol # 1, the interference caused by modulation symbol # 1 can be eliminated in the received signal. The received signal after eliminating the interference can be regarded as modulation symbol # 2. In this way, both terminal device # 1 and terminal device # 2 can achieve correct demodulation.
然而,若终端设备#1接收的信号功率与终端设备#2接收的信号功率近似相同(例如终端设备#1对应的信道质量与终端设备#2对应的信道质量近似相同),即终端设备#1和终端设备#2均可以正常解调调制符号#1和调制符号#2,则终端设备#1和终端设备#2均会将调制符号#1视为干扰,进而终端设备#1无法区分出调制符号#1,也就无法实现正确解调。However, if the signal power received by terminal device # 1 is approximately the same as the signal power received by terminal device #2 (for example, the channel quality corresponding to terminal device # 1 is approximately the same as the channel quality corresponding to terminal device #2), that is, terminal device # 1 and terminal device # 2 can both demodulate modulation symbol # 1 and modulation symbol # 2 normally, then terminal device # 1 and terminal device # 2 will both regard modulation symbol # 1 as interference, and terminal device # 1 will not be able to distinguish modulation symbol # 1, and will not be able to achieve correct demodulation.
也就是说,终端设备采用SIC方法接收信号需要不同终端设备之间的信道质量具有明显差异,即如图2所示的UE-S对应的信道和UE-P对应的信道。应理解,在图2中以距离远近示例信道差异,然而距离远近仅是是造成信道差异的可能因素之一,造成信道差异的因素还可以包括:传输路径中间存在遮挡物、周围存在散射体、或者无线波束赋形的主波束方向等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。That is to say, the use of the SIC method by the terminal device to receive signals requires that the channel quality between different terminal devices has obvious differences, that is, the channel corresponding to UE-S and the channel corresponding to UE-P as shown in Figure 2. It should be understood that the channel difference is exemplified by the distance in Figure 2, but the distance is only one of the possible factors causing the channel difference. The factors causing the channel difference may also include: the presence of obstructions in the middle of the transmission path, the presence of scatterers around, or the main beam direction of the wireless beamforming, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
SC:可以是指当不同终端设备对应的信道之间差异较大时,发射端发送的调制符号的功率取决于信道最差的终端设备,即信道最差的终端设备对应的调制符号分配更多的功率,信道较好的终端设备对应的调制符号分配较少的功率,进而使得信道较好的终端设备不仅可以正常解调信道最差的终端设备对应的调制符号,还可以解调自身对应的调制符号。SC: It may mean that when the channels corresponding to different terminal devices are greatly different, the power of the modulation symbols sent by the transmitter depends on the terminal device with the worst channel, that is, the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with the worst channel are allocated more power, and the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with a better channel are allocated less power, so that the terminal device with a better channel can not only demodulate the modulation symbols corresponding to the terminal device with the worst channel normally, but also demodulate the modulation symbols corresponding to its own.
示例性的,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种调制符号的叠加编码示意图。其中,图3中的(a)是网络设备向UE-S发送调制符号对应的星座图,图3中的(b)是网络设备向UE-P发送调制符号对应的星座图,图3中的(c)是网络设备发送叠加调制符号对应的星座图。如图3所示,星座点#4是UE-S对应的待发送调制符号,星座点#4可以使用向量S
1表示;星座点#5是UE-P对应的待发送调制符号,星座点#5可以使用向量S
2表示;星座点#6是星座点#4和星座点#5使用SC后的星座点,该星座点#6可以使用向量S
3表示,S
3=S
1+S
2。也就是说,调制符号的SC可以是指在星座图中将不同终端设备对应的星座点进行向量运算,以获取叠加编码后的星座点对应的叠加调制符号。
Exemplarily, FIG3 is a schematic diagram of superposition coding of a modulation symbol provided in an embodiment of the present application. Among them, (a) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the modulation symbol sent by the network device to UE-S, (b) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the modulation symbol sent by the network device to UE-P, and (c) in FIG3 is a constellation diagram corresponding to the superposition modulation symbol sent by the network device. As shown in FIG3, constellation point # 4 is the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-S, and constellation point # 4 can be represented by vector S1 ; constellation point # 5 is the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-P, and constellation point # 5 can be represented by vector S2 ; constellation point # 6 is the constellation point after constellation point # 4 and constellation point # 5 use SC, and the constellation point # 6 can be represented by vector S3 , S3 = S1 + S2 . In other words, the SC of the modulation symbol may refer to the vector operation of the constellation points corresponding to different terminal devices in the constellation diagram to obtain the superposition modulation symbol corresponding to the constellation point after superposition coding.
下面以网络设备向UE-S和UE-P发送叠加调制符号为例说明MUST技术中的符号域叠加传输方案。The following takes the example of a network device sending superimposed modulation symbols to UE-S and UE-P to illustrate the symbol domain superposition transmission scheme in the MUST technology.
在网络设备侧,令
表示UE-P对应的待发送调制符号,
表示UE-S对应的待发送调制符号,并且网络设备以比例α在UE-P和UE-S之间分配发射功率,则网络设备发送的叠加调制符号可以通过公式(2)确定。
On the network device side, represents the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-P, represents the modulation symbol to be sent corresponding to UE-S, and the network device allocates the transmission power between UE-P and UE-S in proportion α, then the superimposed modulation symbol sent by the network device can be determined by formula (2).
可以理解,由于网络设备可以使用SC发送x
k,因此允许UE-P将UE-S对应的
视为噪声,UE-P仅需要正常解调
即可。UE-S可以先成功解调
然后以
对应的星座点为基准,从接收到的x
k中减去
即可得到
It can be understood that since the network device can use SC to send x k , UE-P is allowed to send the corresponding x k of UE-S to Treated as noise, UE-P only needs to demodulate normally UE-S can successfully demodulate Then with The corresponding constellation point is used as the reference, and the received x k is subtracted You can get
如上所述,符号域的叠加传输方案存在以下问题:As mentioned above, the symbol domain superposition transmission scheme has the following problems:
(1)、仅能同时接入两个信道有差异的终端设备(例如上述UE-P和UE-S),同一波束下支持的终端设备的数量较少,并且还需要两个终端设备之间具有明显的信道差异。(1) Only two terminal devices with different channels (such as the above-mentioned UE-P and UE-S) can be accessed at the same time. The number of terminal devices supported under the same beam is small, and there must be obvious channel differences between the two terminal devices.
(2)、解调复杂度高。其中,两个信道有差异的终端设备(例如上述UE-P和UE-S)所受干扰和衰落不同,当各自对应的星座点位置由于信道变化而发生变动时,必须通过解调出其中一个终端设备对应的信道估计,才能去求解另一个终端设备对应的星座点,解调的难度大,并且准确解调的难度高。(2) High demodulation complexity. Among them, two terminal devices with different channels (such as the above-mentioned UE-P and UE-S) are subject to different interference and fading. When the positions of their corresponding constellation points change due to channel changes, it is necessary to demodulate the channel estimate corresponding to one of the terminal devices in order to solve the constellation point corresponding to the other terminal device. The demodulation is difficult and accurate demodulation is difficult.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,可以优化MUST技术以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量以及减小解调难度。In view of this, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method that can optimize the MUST technology to increase the number of terminal devices that can access simultaneously and reduce the difficulty of demodulation.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。为了便于理解本申请实施例,在介绍本申请实施例之前,先做出以下几点说明。The technical solution in the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiment of the present application. In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiment of the present application, the following points are first explained before introducing the embodiment of the present application.
1、在本申请实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息(如下文的第一指示信息)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示,以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。1. In the embodiments of the present application, "indication" may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication. The information indicated by a certain information (such as the first indication information below) is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, such as but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein there is an association between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of the arrangement order of each piece of information agreed in advance (such as specified by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, the common parts of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated uniformly to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately.
此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。In addition, the specific indication method can also be various existing indication methods, such as but not limited to the above-mentioned indication methods and various combinations thereof. The specific details of the various indication methods can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated herein. As can be seen from the above, for example, when it is necessary to indicate multiple information of the same type, different indication methods may be used for different information. In the specific implementation process, the desired indication method can be selected according to specific needs. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be indicated to obtain the information to be indicated.
应理解,待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请实施例不进行限定。其中,这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中,该配置信息可以例如但不限于包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,媒体访问控制(media access control,MAC)层信令,物理层信令,或者下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的一种或者至少两种的组合。It should be understood that the information to be indicated can be sent as a whole, or it can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different. The specific sending method is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or it can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device. Among them, the configuration information can include, for example, but not limited to, radio resource control (RRC) signaling, media access control (MAC) layer signaling, physical layer signaling, or downlink control information (DCI) One or a combination of at least two.
2、“预先定义”或“预先配置”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和第一网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请实施例对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。其中,“保存”可以是指,保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请实施例并不对此限定。2. "Pre-definition" or "pre-configuration" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a first network device). The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation method. Among them, "saving" can mean saving in one or more memories. The one or more memories can be set separately or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories can also be partially set separately and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of memory can be any form of storage medium, which is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
3、本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)协议、新无线(new radio,NR)协议以及应用 于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请实施例对此不做限定。3. The “protocol” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, such as the long term evolution (LTE) protocol, the new radio (NR) protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
4、本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备(如,终端设备或者第一网络设备)会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备(如,终端设备或者第一网络设备)在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。4. In the embodiments of the present application, descriptions such as "when...", "in the case of...", "if" and "if" all mean that under certain objective circumstances, the device (such as a terminal device or a first network device) will make corresponding processing, which does not limit the time, and does not require the device (such as a terminal device or a first network device) to have a judgment action when implementing it, nor does it mean that there are other limitations.
5、在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请实施例中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A、B可以是单数或者复数。并且,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。同时,在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。5. In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or" relationship. For example, A/B can represent A or B; "and/or" in the embodiments of the present application is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "multiple" refers to two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple. In addition, in order to facilitate the clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "first", "second" and the like are used to distinguish the same items or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art will understand that the words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first", "second" and the like do not necessarily limit the differences. At the same time, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner for ease of understanding.
6、在本申请实施例中,有时候下标如W
1可能会笔误为非下标的形式如W1,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。
6. In the embodiments of the present application, sometimes a subscript such as W1 may be mistakenly written as a non-subscript such as W1. When the difference is not emphasized, the meanings to be expressed are consistent.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如:正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA,SC-FDMA)、无线光通信系统和其它系统等。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。OFDMA系统可以实现诸如演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)、超级移动宽带(ultra mobile broadband,UMB)等无线技术。E-UTRA是通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system,UMTS)演进版本。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)在LTE和基于LTE演进的各种版本是使用E-UTRA的新版本。5G通信系统是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统。其中,5G通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone,简称NSA)的5G移动通信系统,独立组网(standalone,简称SA)的5G移动通信系统,或者,NSA的5G移动通信系统和SA的5G移动通信系统。此外,通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术,都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example: orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA), wireless optical communication system and other systems. The term "system" can be interchangeable with "network". The OFDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) and ultra mobile broadband (UMB). E-UTRA is an evolved version of the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS). The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) uses a new version of E-UTRA in LTE and various versions based on LTE evolution. The 5G communication system is the next generation communication system under study. Among them, the 5G communication system includes a non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication system, an independent (SA) 5G mobile communication system, or an NSA 5G mobile communication system and an SA 5G mobile communication system. In addition, the communication system can also be applied to future-oriented communication technologies, and the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applicable. The above-mentioned communication system applicable to the present application is only an example, and the communication system applicable to the present application is not limited to this. It is uniformly described here and will not be repeated below.
此外,本申请实施例描述的通信架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着通信架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对 于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the communication architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. Ordinary technicians in this field can know that with the evolution of the communication architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图,该通信系统包括第一设备和M个终端设备(例如终端设备#1,终端设备#2,…,终端设备#M)。其中,第一设备用于向M个终端设备发送叠加调制符号,该叠加调制符号可以承载M个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据。示例性的,第一设备可以是NR系统中的网络设备;或者,第一设备可以是侧行链路(sidelink,SL)中的终端设备,该第一设备可以向与第一设备SL连接的M个终端设备发送叠加调制符号;或者,第一设备可以是无线光通信系统中的光通信设备。示例性的,第一设备可以包括发光器件,M个终端设备中每个终端设备可以包括光接收器件,进而第一设备可以通过发光器件向M个终端设备发送叠加调制符号,M个终端设备中每个终端设备可以通过光接收器件接收来自第一设备的叠加调制符号。As shown in Figure 4, it is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication system includes a first device and M terminal devices (for example, terminal device # 1, terminal device # 2, ..., terminal device #M). Among them, the first device is used to send superimposed modulation symbols to the M terminal devices, and the superimposed modulation symbols can carry data of each of the M terminal devices. Exemplarily, the first device can be a network device in an NR system; or, the first device can be a terminal device in a sidelink (SL), and the first device can send superimposed modulation symbols to M terminal devices connected to the first device SL; or, the first device can be an optical communication device in a wireless optical communication system. Exemplarily, the first device can include a light-emitting device, and each of the M terminal devices can include an optical receiving device, and then the first device can send superimposed modulation symbols to the M terminal devices through the light-emitting device, and each of the M terminal devices can receive the superimposed modulation symbols from the first device through the optical receiving device.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备生成第一指示信息,并向M个终端设备发送该第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数。星座图包括用于调制和解调该M个终端设备的数据的星座符号,该星座符号中第i位符号承载该M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据。该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。In a possible implementation, a first device generates first indication information and sends the first indication information to M terminal devices. The first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram. The constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of the M terminal devices, and the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. The parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, M>K1.
上述方案的具体实现将在下述实施例中详细阐述,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation of the above solution will be described in detail in the following embodiments and will not be repeated here.
由于本申请实施例中,第一设备可以通过第一指示信息向M个终端设备中每个终端设备指示:星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,进而在该K1个终端设备根据星座图解调第一设备发送的叠加M个终端设备的数据的调制符号时,可以使得K1个终端设备中的每个终端设备确定星座符号中属于自己的数据,即星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号可以分配给多个不同的终端设备使用,从而可以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量。而且,该K1个终端设备解调时,可以根据星座图解调时确定的星座符号以及上述映射关系,提取星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号中属于自己的数据,进而不需要通过SIC方法解调,从而减小解调难度。综上,基于本申请实施例提供的通信方法,可以优化MUST技术以提高同时接入的终端设备的数量以及减小解调难度。Because in the embodiment of the present application, the first device can indicate to each of the M terminal devices through the first indication information: the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of the K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and then when the K1 terminal devices demodulate the modulation symbols sent by the first device superimposed with the data of the M terminal devices according to the constellation diagram, each of the K1 terminal devices can determine its own data in the constellation symbol, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for use, thereby increasing the number of terminal devices connected at the same time. Moreover, when the K1 terminal devices demodulate, they can extract their own data in the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis according to the constellation symbol determined when demodulating the constellation diagram and the above-mentioned mapping relationship, and then do not need to demodulate through the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty. In summary, based on the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the MUST technology can be optimized to increase the number of terminal devices connected at the same time and reduce the demodulation difficulty.
可以理解,由于本申请实施例中的第一设备可以是网络设备,或终端设备,或光通信设备,为方便理解本申请实施例中的第一设备的实体形态,下面以第一设备为网络设备为例,示例性说明第一设备的硬件结构。It can be understood that since the first device in the embodiment of the present application can be a network device, or a terminal device, or an optical communication device, in order to facilitate understanding of the physical form of the first device in the embodiment of the present application, the hardware structure of the first device is illustrated below by taking the first device as a network device as an example.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的终端设备500和网络设备510的硬件结构示意图。As shown in FIG5 , it is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device 500 and a network device 510 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
终端设备500包括至少一个处理器501(图5中示例性的以包括一个处理器501为例进行说明)、至少一个存储器502(图5中示例性的以包括一个存储器502为例进行说明)和至少一个收发器503(图5中示例性的以包括一个收发器503为例进行说明)。可选地,终端设备500还可以包括输出设备504和输入设备505。The terminal device 500 includes at least one processor 501 (in FIG. 5, one processor 501 is used as an example for explanation), at least one memory 502 (in FIG. 5, one memory 502 is used as an example for explanation), and at least one transceiver 503 (in FIG. 5, one transceiver 503 is used as an example for explanation). Optionally, the terminal device 500 may also include an output device 504 and an input device 505.
处理器501、存储器502和收发器503通过通信线路相连接。通信线路可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The processor 501, the memory 502 and the transceiver 503 are connected via a communication line. The communication line may include a path to transmit information between the above components.
处理器501可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器501也可以包括多个CPU,并且处理器501可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备,电路,或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。 Processor 501 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application. In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, processor 501 may also include multiple CPUs, and processor 501 may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
存储器502可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM),只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储,光碟存储(包括压缩光碟,激光碟,光碟,数字通用光碟,或者蓝光光碟等),磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备,或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器502可以是独立存在,通过通信线路与处理器501相连接。存储器502也可以和处理器501集成在一起。The memory 502 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, an optical disc storage (including a compressed optical disc, a laser disc, an optical disc, a digital versatile disc, or a Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 502 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 501 through a communication line. The memory 502 may also be integrated with the processor 501.
其中,存储器502用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器501来控制执行。具体的,处理器501用于执行存储器502中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中所述的通信方法。可选地,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码或者计算机程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Among them, the memory 502 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 501. Specifically, the processor 501 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 502, so as to implement the communication method described in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiment of the present application can also be referred to as application code or computer program code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
收发器503可以使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),或者无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。收发器503包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。The transceiver 503 may use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), or wireless local area networks (WLAN). The transceiver 503 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
输出设备504和处理器501通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备504可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。The output device 504 communicates with the processor 501 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 504 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
输入设备505和处理器501通信,可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。例如,输入设备505可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。The input device 505 communicates with the processor 501 and can accept user input in various ways. For example, the input device 505 can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
网络设备510包括至少一个处理器511(图5中示例性的以包括一个处理器511为例进行说明)、至少一个存储器512(图5中示例性的以包括一个存储器512为例进行说明)、至少一个收发器513(图5中示例性的以包括一个收发器513为例进行说明)和至少一个网络接口514(图5中示例性的以包括一个网络接口514为例进行说明)。处理器511、存储器512、收发器513和网络接口514通过通信线路相连接。其中,网络接口514用于通过链路(例如S1接口)与核心网设备连接,或者通过有线或无线链路(例如X2接口)与其它网络设备的网络接口进行连接(图5中未示出),本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外,处理器511、存储器512和收发器513的相关描述可参考终端设备500中处理器501、存储器502和收发器503的描述,在此不再赘述。The network device 510 includes at least one processor 511 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary processor 511 is used as an example for explanation), at least one memory 512 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary memory 512 is used as an example for explanation), at least one transceiver 513 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary transceiver 513 is used as an example for explanation) and at least one network interface 514 (in FIG. 5, an exemplary network interface 514 is used as an example for explanation). The processor 511, the memory 512, the transceiver 513 and the network interface 514 are connected through a communication line. Among them, the network interface 514 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (for example, an S1 interface), or to connect to the network interface of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (for example, an X2 interface) (not shown in FIG. 5), and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. In addition, the relevant description of the processor 511, the memory 512 and the transceiver 513 can refer to the description of the processor 501, the memory 502 and the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,本申请实施例中的终端设备,可以是用于实现无线通信功能的设备,例如终端或者可用于终端中的芯片等。其中,终端可以是5G网络或者未来演进的公共陆地 移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的UE、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。可选地,终端设备可以是移动的,也可以是固定的。Optionally, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for realizing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal, etc. The terminal may be a UE, an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a terminal agent or a terminal device in a 5G network or a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device or a wearable device, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in smart city, a wireless terminal in smart home, etc. Optionally, the terminal device may be mobile or fixed.
可选地,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是与终端设备通信的设备。该网络设备可以包括传输接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)、基站、分离式基站的拉远射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)或基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元(digital unit,DU))、卫星、无人机、宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway,BNG),汇聚交换机、非3GPP接入设备、中继站或接入点等。其中,图4中以第一设备为基站为例进行示意,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。Optionally, the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that communicates with a terminal device. The network device may include a transmission and reception point (TRP), a base station, a remote radio unit (RRU) or a baseband unit (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit (DU)) of a separated base station, a satellite, a drone, a broadband network gateway (BNG), a converged switch, a non-3GPP access device, a relay station or an access point, etc. Among them, FIG4 takes the first device as an example of a base station for illustration, which is uniformly explained here and will not be repeated below.
此外,基站可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)网络中的基站收发信台(base transceiver station,BTS)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)中的NB(Node B)、LTE中的eNB或eNodeB(evolutional NodeB)、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器或者5G通信系统中的基站(例如下一代节点B(gNodeB,gNB))、或者未来演进网络中的基站等,在此不作具体限定。In addition, the base station can be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system for mobile communication (GSM) or code division multiple access (CDMA) network, an NB (Node B) in wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), an eNB or eNodeB (evolutional NodeB) in LTE, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a base station in a 5G communication system (such as a next-generation Node B (gNodeB, gNB)), or a base station in a future evolution network, etc., without specific limitation herein.
可选地,在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现RRC,分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、MAC层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, in some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB, for example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the RRC and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the MAC layer, and the physical (PHY) layer. The AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, RF processing, and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be converted from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or by the DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device can be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into a network device in the access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into a network device in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
可选地,第一设备与终端设备也可以称之为通信装置,其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the first device and the terminal device may also be referred to as a communication device, which may be a general device or a dedicated device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
可选地,终端设备或第一设备的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备 共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是硬件与软件的结合,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, the relevant functions of the terminal device or the first device may be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. It is understandable that the above functions may be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform).
下面将结合图6,对本申请实施例提供的上述通信方法进行展开说明。The above communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figure 6.
应理解,本申请下述实施例中各个设备之间的信号名字或信号中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the signal names between the various devices or the names of the various parameters in the signals in the following embodiments of the present application are merely examples, and other names may be used in specific implementations, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
以图4所示的第一设备与M个终端设备进行交互为例,如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图,包括如下步骤:Taking the interaction between the first device and M terminal devices shown in FIG4 as an example, as shown in FIG6, a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S601、第一设备生成第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数。星座图包括用于调制和解调M个终端设备的数据的星座符号。该星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据。该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。S601. The first device generates first indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram. The constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of M terminal devices. The i-th bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. The parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, M>K1.
S602、第一设备向M个终端设备发送该第一指示信息。相应地,M个终端设备中每个终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一指示信息。S602: The first device sends the first indication information to M terminal devices. Correspondingly, each of the M terminal devices receives the first indication information from the first device.
下面分别对上述步骤S601~S602进行详细说明。The above steps S601 to S602 are described in detail below.
对于步骤S601:For step S601:
可选地,第一设备可以与多个终端设备建立连接。其中,第一设备与终端设备建立连接可以是指终端设备与第一设备之间完成同步,或者终端设备可以获取第一设备发送的配置信息,或者终端设备可以与第一设备之间进行信令交互等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。也就是说,第一设备与多个终端设备建立连接可以获取多个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息,进而可以确定需要同时接入的M个终端设备,从而可以确定叠加调制符号中需要承载哪些终端设备的数据。Optionally, the first device may establish a connection with multiple terminal devices. The establishment of a connection between the first device and the terminal device may refer to the completion of synchronization between the terminal device and the first device, or the terminal device may obtain configuration information sent by the first device, or the terminal device may perform signaling interaction with the first device, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. In other words, the first device may establish a connection with multiple terminal devices to obtain information about each of the multiple terminal devices, and then determine the M terminal devices that need to be accessed simultaneously, thereby determining which terminal devices' data need to be carried in the superimposed modulation symbol.
可选地,终端设备的信息可以包括终端设备的标识信息。其中,终端设备的标识信息可以用于标识终端设备。示例性的,终端设备的标识信息可以包括国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identity,IMSI)、移动设备标识(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)、移动设备识别码(mobile equipment identifier,MEID)、唯一设备标识码(Unique Device Identifier)、或者其他标识终端设备的信息,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the information of the terminal device may include identification information of the terminal device. Among them, the identification information of the terminal device can be used to identify the terminal device. Exemplarily, the identification information of the terminal device may include an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), an international mobile equipment identity (IMEI), a mobile equipment identifier (MEID), a unique device identifier (Unique Device Identifier), or other information that identifies the terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解,如具体实施方式前序部分“星座图”所述,叠加调制符号可以通过星座点表示,星座点对应的星座符号可以表示叠加调制符号承载的数据。也就是说,星座图中的星座符号可以用于调制和解调M个终端设备的数据。It can be understood that, as described in the "constellation diagram" in the preamble of the specific implementation method, the superimposed modulation symbol can be represented by a constellation point, and the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point can represent the data carried by the superimposed modulation symbol. In other words, the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram can be used to modulate and demodulate the data of M terminal devices.
可选地,星座图对应的调制方式(例如BPSK、π/2-BPSK、或者QAM等)可以是协议约定的,或者第一设备与终端设备提前协商的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。也就是说,第一设备和终端设备可以确定星座图对应的调制方式,进而可以确定以下一项或多项:星座图中星座点的数量;星座符号的数量;星座符号中所包含的符号个数(或者称为符号位数);星座符号在I轴上对应的一位或多位符号;或者,星座符号在Q轴上对应的一位或多位符号。Optionally, the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram (such as BPSK, π/2-BPSK, or QAM, etc.) may be agreed upon by the protocol, or negotiated in advance between the first device and the terminal device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. That is, the first device and the terminal device may determine the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram, and further determine one or more of the following: the number of constellation points in the constellation diagram; the number of constellation symbols; the number of symbols contained in the constellation symbol (or the number of symbol bits); the one or more bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis; or the one or more bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis.
示例性的,以星座图对应的调制方式为16-QAM为例,图7为经典的16-QAM星座图。如图7所示,经典的16-QAM星座图包括16个星座点,该16个星座点以四行四列的方式均匀分布。其中,均匀分布可以是指:每行或每列的多个星座点中,任意相邻星座点之间的间距是相同的。For example, taking the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram as 16-QAM as an example, FIG7 is a classic 16-QAM constellation diagram. As shown in FIG7, the classic 16-QAM constellation diagram includes 16 constellation points, and the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in four rows and four columns. Among them, even distribution may mean that among the multiple constellation points in each row or column, the spacing between any adjacent constellation points is the same.
如具体实施方式前序部分“正交调制”所述,由于16-QAM的调制阶数m=4,进而一个星座符号可以承载4位比特的数据量,因此一个星座符号中可以包括4位符号。此外,由于16个星座点是以四行四列的方式均匀分布的,因此星座符号在I轴上对应两位符号,以及在Q轴上对应两位符号。As described in the preamble "Orthogonal Modulation" of the specific implementation method, since the modulation order m of 16-QAM is 4, and thus one constellation symbol can carry 4 bits of data, a constellation symbol may include 4-bit symbols. In addition, since the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in four rows and four columns, the constellation symbol corresponds to two-bit symbols on the I axis and two-bit symbols on the Q axis.
应理解,I轴上对应的两位符号与Q轴上对应的两位符号之间的位置关系与星座符号的映射规则有关。其中,映射规则可以是具体实施方式前序部分“星座图”所述的格雷规则或者自然映射规则。例如,图7中的星座符号采用的是自然映射规则。具体而言,可以将图7中左上角的星座点标记为第0号点,将图7中右下角的星座点标记为第15号点。进而,由上至下(沿Q轴负方向),按行扫描,可以依次标记第0,1,…,15号点。将星座点的编号从十进制转换为二进制,即第0号对应“0000”,第1号对应“0001”,第2号对应“0010”,…,第15号对应“1111”,进而转换为二进制的4位符号可以作为星座符号。进一步的,星座点在I轴上对应的是星座符号中的后两位(或称为低两位)符号,星座点在Q轴上对应的是星座符号中的前两位(或称为高两位)符号。如图7所示,I轴上出现星座点的坐标(或称为星座符号坐标)分别是-3、-1、+1、以及+3,星座符号坐标-3对应星座符号中的后两位00,星座符号坐标-1对应星座符号中的后两位01,星座符号坐标+1对应星座符号中的后两位10,星座符号坐标+3对应星座符号中的后两位11。类似地,Q轴上出现星座点的星座符号坐标分别是-3、-1、+1、以及+3,星座符号坐标-3对应星座符号中的前两位11,星座符号坐标-1对应星座符号中的前两位10,星座符号坐标+1对应星座符号中的前两位01,星座符号坐标+3对应星座符号中的前两位00。It should be understood that the positional relationship between the two-bit symbols corresponding to the I axis and the two-bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis is related to the mapping rule of the constellation symbol. Among them, the mapping rule can be the Gray rule or the natural mapping rule described in the "Constellation Diagram" in the preamble of the specific implementation method. For example, the constellation symbol in Figure 7 adopts the natural mapping rule. Specifically, the constellation point in the upper left corner of Figure 7 can be marked as point No. 0, and the constellation point in the lower right corner of Figure 7 can be marked as point No. 15. Then, from top to bottom (along the negative direction of the Q axis), by row scanning, points No. 0, 1, ..., 15 can be marked in sequence. The numbering of the constellation point is converted from decimal to binary, that is, No. 0 corresponds to "0000", No. 1 corresponds to "0001", No. 2 corresponds to "0010", ..., No. 15 corresponds to "1111", and then the 4-bit symbol converted to binary can be used as the constellation symbol. Further, the constellation point on the I axis corresponds to the last two bits (or called the lower two bits) of the constellation symbol, and the constellation point on the Q axis corresponds to the first two bits (or called the upper two bits) of the constellation symbol. As shown in FIG7 , the coordinates of the constellation points appearing on the I axis (or constellation symbol coordinates) are -3, -1, +1, and +3, respectively. The constellation symbol coordinate -3 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 00, the constellation symbol coordinate -1 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 01, the constellation symbol coordinate +1 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 10, and the constellation symbol coordinate +3 corresponds to the last two digits of the constellation symbol 11. Similarly, the constellation symbol coordinates of the constellation points appearing on the Q axis are -3, -1, +1, and +3, respectively. The constellation symbol coordinate -3 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 11, the constellation symbol coordinate -1 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 10, the constellation symbol coordinate +1 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 01, and the constellation symbol coordinate +3 corresponds to the first two digits of the constellation symbol 00.
可以理解,上述图7中星座符号在I轴和Q轴上对应的两位符号是彼此相邻的,若改变星座点编号的排列顺序,或者采用格雷规则,则星座符号在I轴和Q轴上对应的符号在星座符号中的位置会发生变化。It can be understood that the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I-axis and the Q-axis in the above Figure 7 are adjacent to each other. If the arrangement order of the constellation point numbers is changed, or the Gray rule is adopted, the positions of the symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I-axis and the Q-axis in the constellation symbol will change.
以星座点与星座符号之间采用格雷规则为例进行说明。其中,格雷规则可以是指:相邻两个星座点对应的两个星座符号之间只有单个符号不同。示例性的,图8为本申请实施例提供的一种星座点与星座符号之间采用格雷规则映射的16-QAM星座图。如图8所示,左上角的星座点(对应图7中的第0号星座点)对应的星座符号由图7中的“0000”改变为“1011”,并且该星座点对应的星座符号“1011”与在I轴方向相邻的星座点(对应图7中的第1号星座点)对应的星座符号“1001”仅有单个符号不同,以及与在Q轴方向相邻的星座点(对应图7中的第4号星座点)对应的星座符号“1010”也仅有单个符号不同。进一步的,图8中最左侧一列的星座符号分别为:“1011”、“1010”、“1110”、以及“1111”,按照从左至右的顺序,该列4个星座符号之间第1位符号与第3位符号是相同的,并且图8中其他三列的星座符号也遵循此规律,进而图8中的星座符号在I轴上对应的两位符号为第1位符号和第3位符号。类似地,图8中的星座符号在Q轴上对应的两位符号是第2位符号和第4位符号。Take the Gray rule between constellation points and constellation symbols as an example for explanation. Among them, the Gray rule may mean that only a single symbol is different between the two constellation symbols corresponding to two adjacent constellation points. Exemplarily, Figure 8 is a 16-QAM constellation diagram using the Gray rule mapping between constellation points and constellation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point in the upper left corner (corresponding to the 0th constellation point in Figure 7) is changed from "0000" in Figure 7 to "1011", and the constellation symbol "1011" corresponding to the constellation point is only different from the constellation symbol "1001" corresponding to the adjacent constellation point in the I-axis direction (corresponding to the 1st constellation point in Figure 7) in a single symbol, and the constellation symbol "1010" corresponding to the adjacent constellation point in the Q-axis direction (corresponding to the 4th constellation point in Figure 7) is also only different from a single symbol. Furthermore, the constellation symbols in the leftmost column in FIG8 are respectively: "1011", "1010", "1110", and "1111". From left to right, the first symbol and the third symbol are the same among the four constellation symbols in this column, and the constellation symbols in the other three columns in FIG8 also follow this rule, and thus the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbols in FIG8 on the I axis are the first symbol and the third symbol. Similarly, the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbols in FIG8 on the Q axis are the second symbol and the fourth symbol.
可以理解,星座点与星座符号之间还可以采用其他映射规则,使得星座符号在I轴 上对应的两位符号为第1位符号和第4位符号,星座符号在Q轴上对应的两位符号为第2位符号和第3位符号,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that other mapping rules can be used between constellation points and constellation symbols, so that the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis are the 1st symbol and the 4th symbol, and the two symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis are the 2nd symbol and the 3rd symbol. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
应理解,图7和图8所示的16-QAM星座图中,由于16个星座点均为四行四列均匀分布的,因此星座符号在I轴上对应两位符号,以及在Q轴上对应两位符号。其中,若该16个星座点分布的行数和列数不相同,星座符号在I轴上对应的符号个数与在Q轴上对应的符号个数可以不相同。It should be understood that in the 16-QAM constellation diagrams shown in Figures 7 and 8, since the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in four rows and four columns, the constellation symbol corresponds to two symbols on the I axis and two symbols on the Q axis. If the number of rows and columns in which the 16 constellation points are distributed is different, the number of symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis may be different from the number of symbols corresponding to the Q axis.
示例性的,图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种16-QAM星座图。如图9所示,16个星座点是以两行八列的方式均匀分布的。这样,星座符号在I轴上对应的符号为星座符号中的后三位,星座符号在Q轴上对应的符号为星座符号中的前一位。可以理解,当16个星座点是以八行两列的方式均匀分布时,星座符号在I轴上对应的符号为星座符号中的前一位,星座符号在Q轴上对应的符号为星座符号中的后三位。Exemplarily, FIG9 is another 16-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG9, the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in two rows and eight columns. In this way, the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis is the last three digits in the constellation symbol, and the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis is the first digit in the constellation symbol. It can be understood that when the 16 constellation points are evenly distributed in eight rows and two columns, the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis is the first digit in the constellation symbol, and the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis is the last three digits in the constellation symbol.
可以理解,随着调制阶数m增加之后,星座符号中符号的个数也随之增加,进而星座符号在I轴或Q轴上对应的多位符号可以是部分相邻或者部分不相邻。例如,作为一个示例,星座符号为“b
1b
2b
3b
4b
5b
6”,该星座符号在I轴上对应的符号可以是b
1b
2b
6,该星座符号在Q轴上对应的符号可以是b
3b
4b
5。
It can be understood that as the modulation order m increases, the number of symbols in the constellation symbol also increases, and thus the multi-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis or the Q axis may be partially adjacent or partially non-adjacent. For example, as an example, the constellation symbol is "b 1 b 2 b 3 b 4 b 5 b 6 ", the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis may be b 1 b 2 b 6 , and the symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis may be b 3 b 4 b 5 .
可选地,星座符号在I轴上对应的符号位数可以用N
I表示,星座符号在Q轴上对应的符号位数可以使用N
Q表示。其中,N
I与N
Q之和为调制阶数m,即星座符号的总位数。其中,若I轴上对应的符号位数为N
I,则I轴上星座符号坐标个数为
若Q轴上对应的符号位数为N
Q,则Q轴上星座符号坐标个数为
Optionally, the number of symbol bits corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis can be represented by NI , and the number of symbol bits corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis can be represented by NQ . The sum of NI and NQ is the modulation order m, that is, the total number of bits of the constellation symbol. If the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is NI , then the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis is If the number of symbol bits corresponding to the Q axis is N Q , then the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis is
示例性的,以星座图对应的调制方式为2
m-QAM,并且星座图中的2
m个星座点是以2
m/2×2
m/2的方式均匀分布为例,M
I=M
Q=2
m/2,N
I=N
Q=m/2,m≥2。可以理解,若m=2,3,4,…,12;即星座点的个数2
m最小值为4,最大值为4096。
For example, the modulation mode corresponding to the constellation diagram is 2 m -QAM, and the 2 m constellation points in the constellation diagram are evenly distributed in the manner of 2 m/2 × 2 m/2 , M I =M Q =2 m/2 , N I =N Q =m/2, m≥2. It can be understood that if m = 2, 3, 4, ..., 12; that is, the number of constellation points 2 m has a minimum value of 4 and a maximum value of 4096.
可选地,上述星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则,以及星座点的排列方式可以是协议约定的,或者是由第一设备与终端设备提前协商的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。也就是说,得到叠加调制符号所使用的星座图可以是预先定义或预先配置的,进而终端设备可以通过该星座图确定星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则,以及星座点的排列方式。Optionally, the mapping rules between the constellation points and the constellation symbols, and the arrangement of the constellation points may be agreed upon by a protocol, or negotiated in advance by the first device and the terminal device, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. In other words, the constellation diagram used to obtain the superimposed modulation symbol may be predefined or preconfigured, and the terminal device may determine the mapping rules between the constellation points and the constellation symbols, and the arrangement of the constellation points through the constellation diagram.
或者,可选地,星座图的参数还可以包括星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则,和/或星座点的排列方式。也就是说,星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则,和/或星座点的排列方式可以通过第一指示信息告知M个终端设备,进而M个终端设备可以根据第一指示信息生成星座图,并通过该星座图解调第一设备发送的叠加调制符号。Alternatively, optionally, the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include a mapping rule between constellation points and constellation symbols, and/or an arrangement of constellation points. That is, the mapping rule between constellation points and constellation symbols, and/or an arrangement of constellation points may be notified to the M terminal devices through the first indication information, and then the M terminal devices may generate a constellation diagram according to the first indication information, and demodulate the superimposed modulation symbols sent by the first device through the constellation diagram.
应理解,第一设备通过与多个终端设备中每个终端设备建立连接,可以获取M个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息。其中,M个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息可以用于生成第一指示信息,和/或星座图。例如,第一设备可以根据终端设备的信息确定星座符号与M个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,进而生成第一指示信息。又例如,第一设备可以根据终端设备的信息确定以下一项或多项:星座图中星座点的排列方式、星座图中I轴对应的星座符号坐标、或者星座图中Q轴对应的星座符号坐标。It should be understood that the first device can obtain information of each of the M terminal devices by establishing a connection with each of the multiple terminal devices. The information of each of the M terminal devices can be used to generate the first indication information and/or the constellation diagram. For example, the first device can determine the mapping relationship between the constellation symbol and the data of the M terminal devices based on the information of the terminal device, and then generate the first indication information. For another example, the first device can determine one or more of the following based on the information of the terminal device: the arrangement of the constellation points in the constellation diagram, the constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis in the constellation diagram, or the constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the Q axis in the constellation diagram.
可选地,星座符号与M个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系可以是指:星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据。也就是说,由于星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据,进而M个终端设备中每个终端设 备根据星座图解调叠加调制符号获得星座符号之后,可以根据上述映射关系,获得自身对应的数据,因此不需要通过SIC方法解调,从而减小解调难度。Optionally, the mapping relationship between the constellation symbol and the data of the M terminal devices may refer to: the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices. That is, since the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, after each of the M terminal devices demodulates the superimposed modulation symbol according to the constellation diagram to obtain the constellation symbol, it can obtain its own corresponding data according to the above mapping relationship, so it does not need to be demodulated by the SIC method, thereby reducing the demodulation difficulty.
下面介绍星座符号与M个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。The mapping relationship between the constellation symbols and the data of the M terminal devices is introduced below.
为表述方便,M个终端设备中第j个终端设备可以表示为UE#j,j∈{0,1,…,M},第j个终端设备的数据可以表示为数据#j,数据#j可以包括一位或多位比特。此外,不同终端设备的数据量可以相同或不同。例如,数据#1与数据#2可以均包括一位比特,数据#3可以包括二位比特,进而数据#1与数据#2之间的数据量相同,数据#1与数据#3之间的数据量不同。For ease of expression, the jth terminal device among the M terminal devices can be represented as UE#j, j∈{0,1,…,M}, and the data of the jth terminal device can be represented as data#j, and data#j can include one or more bits. In addition, the amount of data of different terminal devices can be the same or different. For example, data# 1 and data# 2 can both include one bit, and data# 3 can include two bits, so that the amount of data between data# 1 and data# 2 is the same, and the amount of data between data# 1 and data# 3 is different.
以具体实施方式前序部分“星座图”中的星座符号“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”为例,星座符号中第i位符号b
i可以承载第j个终端设备UE#j的数据#j,即b
i为UE#j的数据#j。应理解,m和M均为整数,m≥M,且M>2。
Taking the constellation symbol "b 1 b 2 ...b i ...b m " in the "constellation diagram" in the preamble of the specific implementation as an example, the i-th symbol bi in the constellation symbol can carry data #j of the j-th terminal device UE#j, that is, bi is the data #j of UE#j. It should be understood that m and M are both integers, m≥M, and M>2.
可以理解,i可以等于j,例如第1位符号b
1可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1。当然,i可以不等于j,例如,第1位符号b
1可以承载第2个终端设备UE#2的数据#2。又例如,例如第2位符号b
2可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1。
It can be understood that i can be equal to j, for example, the first bit symbol b1 can carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1. Of course, i can be different from j, for example, the first bit symbol b1 can carry data # 2 of the second terminal device UE# 2. For another example, the second bit symbol b2 can carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1.
可选地,星座符号中的每位符号与M个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系可以是一一映射的,即星座符号中每位符号仅承载一个终端设备的数据。如此,星座符号中的m位符号可以承载m个终端设备的数据。Optionally, the mapping relationship between each bit symbol in the constellation symbol and the data of each terminal device in the M terminal devices can be one-to-one mapping, that is, each bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of only one terminal device. In this way, the m-bit symbol in the constellation symbol can carry data of m terminal devices.
或者,可选地,星座符号中的多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据。其中,星座符号中的多位符号可以是彼此相邻的,或者不相邻。多位符号可以是2位符号、3位符号、4位符号、或者更多位符号,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。多位符号之间的间隔可以间隔1位符号、2位符号、3位符号、或者更多位符号,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, optionally, the multi-bit symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of a terminal device. The multi-bit symbols in the constellation symbol may be adjacent to each other or not adjacent to each other. The multi-bit symbol may be a 2-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, a 4-bit symbol, or a symbol of more bits, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. The intervals between the multi-bit symbols may be 1-bit symbols, 2-bit symbols, 3-bit symbols, or a symbol of more bits, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
以星座符号中的2位符号承载一个终端设备的数据为例,星座符号“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”中的b
1和b
2可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1;或者,b
1和b
3可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1。类似地,b
1和b
m可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1。
Taking the case where a 2-bit symbol in a constellation symbol carries the data of a terminal device as an example, b1 and b2 in the constellation symbol " b1 b2 ... bi ... bm " can carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1; or, b1 and b3 can carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1. Similarly, b1 and bm can carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1.
或者,可选地,星座符号中的部分符号可以是多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据,另外一部分符号中的一位符号承载一个终端设备的数据。其中,示例性的,星座符号“b
1b
2…b
i…b
m”中的b
1和b
2可以承载第1个终端设备UE#1的数据#1,b
3可以承载第2个终端设备UE#2的数据#2。
Alternatively, optionally, some symbols in the constellation symbol may be multi-bit symbols carrying data of one terminal device, and one-bit symbols in another part of the symbols may carry data of one terminal device. Exemplarily, b1 and b2 in the constellation symbol " b1 b2 ...b i ...b m " may carry data # 1 of the first terminal device UE# 1, and b3 may carry data # 2 of the second terminal device UE# 2.
如图7~图9所示的星座图,星座符号是由I轴对应的多位符号与Q轴上对应的多位符号组成的,即星座符号可以分为两部分,其中一部分与I轴相对应,另外一部分与Q轴相对应。进一步的,考虑到不同终端设备之间信道质量的差异,在第一设备向M个终端设备发送叠加调制符号时,第一设备需要为不同的终端设备分配不同的功率,因此第一设备可以根据M个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息将M个终端设备分为两个集合,其中一个集合与I轴上的符号相关联,另一个集合与Q轴上的符号相关联。As shown in the constellation diagrams of Figures 7 to 9, the constellation symbol is composed of a multi-bit symbol corresponding to the I axis and a multi-bit symbol corresponding to the Q axis, that is, the constellation symbol can be divided into two parts, one of which corresponds to the I axis and the other corresponds to the Q axis. Further, considering the difference in channel quality between different terminal devices, when the first device sends superimposed modulation symbols to M terminal devices, the first device needs to allocate different powers to different terminal devices. Therefore, the first device can divide the M terminal devices into two sets according to the information of each terminal device in the M terminal devices, one of which is associated with the symbols on the I axis and the other is associated with the symbols on the Q axis.
可选地,M个终端设备包括I轴对应的第一集合和Q轴对应的第二集合。其中,第一集合包括M个终端设备中的一个或多个终端设备,第二集合包括M个终端设备中除第一集合之外的一个或多个终端设备。也就是说,第一集合内的终端设备与第二集合内的终端设备不同。Optionally, the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis. The first set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and the second set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices except the first set. That is, the terminal devices in the first set are different from the terminal devices in the second set.
可选地,第一集合可以包括K
I个终端设备,第二集合可以包括K
Q个终端设备。其中,K
I与K
Q均为正整数,K
I与K
Q之和为M。示例性的,K
I个终端设备中的第k个终端设备可以表示为UE#k,k∈{0,1,…,K
I},K
Q个终端设备中的第k个终端设备可以表示为UE#k,k∈{0,1,…,K
Q}。
Optionally, the first set may include K I terminal devices, and the second set may include K Q terminal devices. Wherein, K I and K Q are both positive integers, and the sum of K I and K Q is M. Exemplarily, the kth terminal device among the K I terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k∈{0,1,…,K I }, and the kth terminal device among the K Q terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k∈{0,1,…,K Q }.
可选地,星座图的参数还可以包括第一集合中K
I个终端设备的指示信息,和/或第二集合中K
Q个终端设备的指示信息。可以理解,由于M个终端设备仅划分为两个集合,因此在M个终端设备接收到其中一个集合对应的指示信息的情况下,未被指示的终端设备可以确定自身属于另外一个集合。
Optionally, the parameters of the constellation diagram may further include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set, and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set. It can be understood that, since the M terminal devices are divided into only two sets, when the M terminal devices receive indication information corresponding to one of the sets, the terminal devices that are not indicated may determine that they belong to the other set.
可选地,终端设备的信息还可以包括终端设备与第一设备之间的信道信息。其中,终端设备与第一设备之间的信道信息可以是指第一设备向终端设备发送信息的信道。可以理解,若第一设备为网络设备,则终端设备与第一设备之间的信道可以是下行信道。若第一设备为终端设备,则终端设备与第一设备之间的信道可以是SL信道。Optionally, the information of the terminal device may also include channel information between the terminal device and the first device. The channel information between the terminal device and the first device may refer to a channel through which the first device sends information to the terminal device. It can be understood that if the first device is a network device, the channel between the terminal device and the first device may be a downlink channel. If the first device is a terminal device, the channel between the terminal device and the first device may be an SL channel.
可选地,信道信息可以用于确定第一集合和第二集合。其中,信道信息可以包括信道响应幅度值、信道响应幅度的绝对值、或者信道响应幅度系数等,本申请实施对此不作具体限定。可以理解,第一设备可以根据M个终端设备对应的信道信息,将信道响应幅度值相近的多个终端设备配置为第一集合或第二集合。示例性的,以第一设备为网络设备为例,第一设备可以将位于小区内部的多个终端设备配置为第一集合,将位于小区边缘的多个终端设备配置为第二集合。当然,第一设备还可以采用其他策略确定第一集合和第二集合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, channel information can be used to determine the first set and the second set. The channel information may include a channel response amplitude value, an absolute value of the channel response amplitude, or a channel response amplitude coefficient, etc., which is not specifically limited in the implementation of this application. It can be understood that the first device can configure multiple terminal devices with similar channel response amplitude values as the first set or the second set based on the channel information corresponding to the M terminal devices. Exemplarily, taking the first device as a network device as an example, the first device can configure multiple terminal devices located inside the cell as the first set, and configure multiple terminal devices located at the edge of the cell as the second set. Of course, the first device can also use other strategies to determine the first set and the second set, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
应理解,第一设备获取每个终端设备对应的信道信息可以是:第一设备向每个终端设备发送用于信道测量的参考信号(例如信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、同步信号/物理层广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SSB)、或者跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)等),并接收每个终端设备反馈的测量该参考信号获得的信道信息;或者,第一设备可以利用上下行信道互易性,根据第一设备测量的来自每个终端设备的参考信号(例如探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)),获取每个终端设备对应的信道信息,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the first device obtains the channel information corresponding to each terminal device by: the first device sends a reference signal for channel measurement to each terminal device (for example, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB), or a tracking reference signal (TRS), etc.), and receives the channel information obtained by measuring the reference signal fed back by each terminal device; or, the first device can utilize the reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels to obtain the channel information corresponding to each terminal device according to the reference signal (for example, a sounding reference signal (SRS)) measured by the first device from each terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选地,第一轴可以是I轴或Q轴。其中,在第一轴是I轴的情况下,星座图的参数包括星座符号在I轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。如上文所述,I轴对应的符号位数为N
I,该N1位符号可以是星座符号在I轴上对应的N
I位符号(例如上文中的b
1b
2b
6,N1=N
I=3)。I轴对应第一集合,由于第一集合包括K
I个终端设备,因此该K1个终端设备可以是第一集合中的K
I个终端设备,K1可以等于K
I。
Optionally, the first axis may be an I axis or a Q axis. Wherein, when the first axis is the I axis, the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. As described above, the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is N I , and the N1-bit symbol may be the N I -bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis (e.g., b 1 b 2 b 6 , N1=N I =3 in the above text). The I axis corresponds to the first set. Since the first set includes K I terminal devices, the K1 terminal devices may be the K I terminal devices in the first set, and K1 may be equal to K I .
类似地,在第一轴是Q轴的情况下,星座图的参数包括星座符号在Q轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系。其中,如上文所述,Q轴对应的符号位数为N
Q,该N1位符号可以是星座符号在Q轴上对应的N
Q位符号(例如上文中的b
3b
4b
5,N1=N
Q=3)。Q轴对应第二集合,由于第一集合包括K
Q个终端设备,因此该K1个终端设备可以是第二集合中的K
Q个终端设备,K1可以等于K
Q。
Similarly, when the first axis is the Q axis, the parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. As described above, the number of symbol bits corresponding to the Q axis is N Q , and the N1-bit symbol can be the N Q -bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the Q axis (for example, b 3 b 4 b 5 above, N1=N Q =3). The Q axis corresponds to the second set. Since the first set includes K Q terminal devices, the K1 terminal devices can be the K Q terminal devices in the second set, and K1 can be equal to K Q .
也就是说,由于星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号可以承载M个终端设备中 K1个终端设备的数据,并且N1≥K1,K1≥2,即星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号可以分配给多个不同的终端设备同时使用,因此可以提高第一设备同时接入的终端设备的数量。That is to say, since the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can carry data of K1 terminal devices among M terminal devices, and N1≥K1, K1≥2, that is, the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis can be allocated to multiple different terminal devices for simultaneous use, the number of terminal devices that can be simultaneously accessed by the first device can be increased.
可以理解,由于第一指示信息可以用于指示星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,因此在该K1个终端设备根据星座图解调叠加调制符号时,可以根据叠加调制符号对应的星座符号中的N1位符号确定各自对应的数据。示例性的,以K1个终端设备中的第1个终端设备的数据对应N1位符号中的第一位符号(按照从左至右的顺序)为例,假设解调之后星座符号中的N1位符号为“011”,或“010”,或“001”,该第1个终端设备可以确定其接收的数据为“0”。It can be understood that since the first indication information can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, when the K1 terminal devices demodulate the superimposed modulation symbols according to the constellation diagram, the respective corresponding data can be determined according to the N1-bit symbol in the constellation symbol corresponding to the superimposed modulation symbol. Exemplarily, taking the first symbol in the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the data of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices (in order from left to right) as an example, assuming that the N1-bit symbol in the constellation symbol after demodulation is "011", or "010", or "001", the first terminal device can determine that the data it receives is "0".
还应理解,第一设备可以仅对I轴和Q轴中的一个轴进行符号与终端设备的数据映射。也就是说,I轴和Q轴中,其中一个轴可以承载多个终端设备的数据,另外一个轴可以仅承载一个终端设备的数据。进而,M个终端设备中K1个终端设备之外的终端设备的数量为1。It should also be understood that the first device may only map the symbol to the data of the terminal device for one of the I axis and the Q axis. That is, one of the I axis and the Q axis may carry the data of multiple terminal devices, and the other axis may only carry the data of one terminal device. Furthermore, the number of terminal devices other than the K1 terminal devices in the M terminal devices is 1.
可选地,星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系可以是以下几种:Optionally, the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices may be the following:
映射关系一:N1位符号中每位符号与K1个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据一一映射。也就是说,N1位符号最多可以分配给N1个终端设备。Mapping relationship 1: Each bit symbol in the N1 bit symbol is mapped one by one to the data of each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices. That is, the N1 bit symbol can be allocated to N1 terminal devices at most.
映射关系二:在N1>K1的情况下,N1位符号中的多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据。其中,多位符号可以是2位符号、3位符号、3位符号、或者更多位符号,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。该多位符号可以是彼此相邻的,或者不相邻。若不相邻,多位符号之间的间隔可以间隔1位符号、2位符号、3位符号、或者更多位符号,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Mapping relationship 2: When N1>K1, the multi-bit symbol in the N1-bit symbol carries the data of a terminal device. Among them, the multi-bit symbol can be a 2-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, a 3-bit symbol, or a more-bit symbol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. The multi-bit symbols can be adjacent to each other, or not adjacent. If not adjacent, the interval between the multi-bit symbols can be 1-bit symbol, 2-bit symbol, 3-bit symbol, or more-bit symbol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,以N1位符号为“b
N1…b
k…b
2b
1”,k∈{0,1,…,N1},2位符号承载一个终端设备的数据为例,b
2b
1可以承载K1个终端设备中的一个终端设备的数据,或者b
4b
3可以承载K1个终端设备中的一个终端设备的数据,或者b
3b
1可以承载K1个终端设备中的一个终端设备的数据,或者b
N1b
1可以承载K1个终端设备中的一个终端设备的数据,
For example, taking N1-bit symbols as "b N1 ...b k ...b 2 b 1 ", k∈{0,1,...,N1}, and 2-bit symbols carrying data of one terminal device as an example, b 2 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices, or b 4 b 3 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices, or b 3 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices, or b N1 b 1 can carry data of one terminal device among K1 terminal devices.
映射关系三:N1位符号中的部分符号可以是多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据,另外一部分符号中的一位符号承载一个终端设备的数据。其中,示例性的,N1位符号“b
N1…b
k…b
2b
1”中的b
1和b
2可以承载第1个终端设备的数据,b
3可以承载第2个终端设备的数据。
Mapping relationship three: some of the symbols in the N1-bit symbol can be multi-bit symbols carrying data of one terminal device, and one of the other symbols can carry data of one terminal device. For example, b1 and b2 in the N1-bit symbol " bN1 ... bk ... b2b1 " can carry data of the first terminal device, and b3 can carry data of the second terminal device.
应理解,如具体实施方式“正交调制”中的公式(1)所示,第一设备发射的叠加调制符号可以分为I路分量与Q路分量,进而第一轴上对应N1位符号的发射功率需要满足K1个终端设备中信道质量最差的终端设备的接收需求。It should be understood that, as shown in formula (1) in the specific implementation scheme "Orthogonal Modulation", the superimposed modulation symbols transmitted by the first device can be divided into I-path components and Q-path components, and thus the transmission power corresponding to the N1-bit symbol on the first axis needs to meet the receiving requirements of the terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
可选地,第一轴对应的N1位符号的发射功率是由K1个终端设备中的第一终端设备的发射功率确定的。其中,第一终端设备可以是K1个终端设备中信道质量最差的终端设备。示例性的,第一轴对应的N1位符号的发射功率大于或等于第一终端设备对应的发射功率。如此,可以确保第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率满足第一终端设备 的接收需求。Optionally, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices. The first terminal device may be a terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices. Exemplarily, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is greater than or equal to the transmission power corresponding to the first terminal device. In this way, it can be ensured that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis meets the reception requirement of the first terminal device.
可选地,第一轴上对应A个星座符号坐标。其中,A个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标。A为大于等于3的整数。也就是说,A个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的,进而星座图中的星座点在第一轴所在的方向上可以是非均匀分布的,相对于星座点均匀分布,可以增加叠加调制符号的调制性能。可以理解,相邻星座点之间的距离或间距越大,意味着抗噪声性能越好,但其中一个星座点会距离原点较远,进而需要为该星座点分配更多的功率,如果星座点以非均匀的方式分布,一方面可以减小不易产生干扰的两个星座点之间的间距,以节省功耗;另一方面,可以增加容易产生干扰的两个星座点之间的间距,以提高抗噪声性能。Optionally, the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates. Among the A constellation symbol coordinates, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings. A is an integer greater than or equal to 3. In other words, the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction of the first axis, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbols relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points. It can be understood that the greater the distance or spacing between adjacent constellation points, the better the anti-noise performance, but one of the constellation points will be farther from the origin, and thus more power needs to be allocated to the constellation point. If the constellation points are distributed in a non-uniform manner, on the one hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are not prone to interference can be reduced to save power consumption; on the other hand, the spacing between two constellation points that are prone to interference can be increased to improve the anti-noise performance.
可选地,A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。其中,K1个发射功率可以是第一设备分配的。也就是说,由于A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距与信道和/或发射功率有关,进而该A个星座符号坐标可以与不同终端设备对应的信道质量相适配,从而可以增加对不同终端设备对应的信道质量的适应性。Optionally, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to the K1 terminal devices. The K1 transmit powers may be allocated by the first device. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the A constellation symbol coordinates may be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices.
下面以A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和K1个发射功率确定的为例,说明A个星座符号坐标的确定方式。The following takes the example that the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices to illustrate the method of determining A constellation symbol coordinates.
示例性的,第一轴为I轴,I轴对应的第一集合可以包括K
I个终端设备,K
I个终端设备中的第k个终端设备可以表示为UE#k,k∈{0,1,…,K
I},I轴对应N
I位符号,I轴上星座符号坐标的个数为
即K1=K
I,N1=N
I,A=M
I。
Exemplarily, the first axis is the I axis, the first set corresponding to the I axis may include K I terminal devices, the kth terminal device among the K I terminal devices may be represented as UE#k, k∈{0,1,…,K I }, the I axis corresponds to N I -bit symbols, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis is That is, K1= KI , N1= NI , A= MI .
其中,第k个终端设备对应的信道信息可以是指:第k个终端设备对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值|h
k|,第k个终端设备对应的发射功率为p
k,计算相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的输入参数d
k可以根据公式(3)确定。公式(3)如下:
The channel information corresponding to the k-th terminal device may refer to: the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to the k-th terminal device |h k |, the transmission power corresponding to the k-th terminal device is p k , and the input parameter d k for calculating the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates may be determined according to formula (3). Formula (3) is as follows:
d
k=|h
k|·p
k 公式(3)
d k =|h k |·p k Formula (3)
其中,|h
k|·p
k可以用于表示UE#k接收叠加调制符号的瞬时幅度。
Wherein, |h k |·p k can be used to represent the instantaneous amplitude of the superimposed modulation symbol received by UE#k.
应理解,d
k还可以等于|h
k|;或者,d
k还可以等于p
k,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。
It should be understood that d k may also be equal to |h k |; or, d k may also be equal to p k , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在公式(4)中,
可以用于表示K
I个终端设备接收叠加调制符号的瞬时幅度的平均值。
In formula (4), It can be used to represent the average value of the instantaneous amplitudes of the superimposed modulation symbols received by K I terminal devices.
在公式(5)中,
可以用于表示UE#k接收叠加调制符号的瞬时幅度在
中的占比。
In formula (5), It can be used to indicate the instantaneous amplitude of the superimposed modulation symbol received by UE#k. The proportion of .
在公式(6)中,
用于表示星座符号在I轴上对应的N
I位符号。其中,在I轴对应的N
I位符号中每位符号与K
I个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据一一映射的情况下,N
I可以等于K
I。
可以用于承载K
I个终端设备的数据。示例性的,
与K
I个终端设备的数据之间可以是顺序映射,即
可以为UE#K
I的数据#K
I,b
k可以为UE#k的数据#k,b
1可以为UE#1的数据#1。
In formula (6), It is used to represent the N I -bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I-axis. Wherein, when each symbol in the N I -bit symbols corresponding to the I-axis is mapped one-to-one with the data of each terminal device in the K I terminal devices, N I may be equal to K I . It can be used to carry data of K I terminal devices. For example, The data between K I terminal devices can be sequentially mapped, that is, It can be data #KI of UE# KI , bk can be data #k of UE#k, and b1 can be data # 1 of UE# 1.
在公式(6)中,
可以用于确定M
I个星座符号坐标。其中,
与I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标之间的映射关系可以根据公式(7)确定。 公式(7)如下:
In formula (6), It can be used to determine M I constellation symbol coordinates. Among them, The mapping relationship between the coordinates of the M I constellation symbols on the I axis can be determined according to formula (7). Formula (7) is as follows:
在公式(7)中,
可以用于表示I轴对应的M
I个星座符号坐标。
In formula (7), It can be used to represent the M I constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis.
可以理解,根据上述公式(3)~(7)可知,在
的情况下,公式(6)中的
进而根据公式(7)可知,M
I个星座符号坐标中不同相邻星座符号之间的间距是相等的,即M
I个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。在
的情况下,M
I个星座符号坐标中不同相邻星座符号之间的间距存在不相等的情况,即M
I个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的。
It can be understood that according to the above formulas (3) to (7), In the case of According to formula (7), the spacing between different adjacent constellation symbols in the M I constellation symbol coordinates is equal, that is, the M I constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform spacing. In the case of , the spacings between different adjacent constellation symbols in the M I constellation symbol coordinates are unequal, that is, the M I constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacings.
也就是说,不论第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列还是非均匀间距排列,该A个星座符号坐标均是根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。That is to say, no matter whether the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing, the A constellation symbol coordinates are determined according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
下面结合图10和上述公式(3)~(7),示例性地说明第一轴为I轴时其对应的A=M
I个星座符号坐标。
In combination with FIG. 10 and the above formulas (3) to (7), the following exemplarily illustrates the A=M I constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis when the first axis is the I axis.
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中I轴上对应的N
I位符号与K
I个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图。其中,图10中64-QAM星座图的星座点是以8×8的方式均匀分布的,I轴上对应的星座符号坐标的个数
进而I轴对应的N
I位符号中N
I的最大值为3,并且该N
I位符号最多可以分配给3个终端设备使用。示例性的,I轴对应的N
I位符号可以表示为b
3b
2b
1,b
3b
2b
1∈{000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111}。
FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N I- bit symbols corresponding to the I axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application and data of K I terminal devices. In FIG10 , the constellation points of the 64-QAM constellation diagram are evenly distributed in an 8×8 manner, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis is Then, the maximum value of NI in the NI- bit symbol corresponding to the I-axis is 3, and the NI -bit symbol can be allocated to at most 3 terminal devices for use. Exemplarily, the NI -bit symbol corresponding to the I-axis can be expressed as b3b2b1 , b3b2b1∈ { 000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111 } .
如图10所示,3个终端设备可以分别表示为UE#1、UE#2、以及UE#3,进而UE#1的数据可以用数据#1表示,UE#2的数据可以用数据#2表示,UE#3的数据可以用数据#3表示。其中,b
3与数据#3对应,b
2与数据#2对应,b
1与数据#1对应。
As shown in FIG10 , three terminal devices can be represented as UE# 1, UE# 2, and UE# 3, respectively. Then, the data of UE# 1 can be represented by data# 1, the data of UE# 2 can be represented by data# 2, and the data of UE# 3 can be represented by data# 3. Among them, b3 corresponds to data# 3, b2 corresponds to data# 2, and b1 corresponds to data# 1.
可选地,UE#1对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
1|表示,UE#2对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
2|表示,UE#3对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
3|表示。
Optionally, the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 1 may be represented by |h 1 |, the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 2 may be represented by |h 2 |, and the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 3 may be represented by |h 3 |.
可选地,第一设备分配给UE#1的发射功率为p
1,第一设备分配给UE#2的发射功率为p
2。第一设备分配给UE#3的发射功率为p
3,并且p
1+p
2+p
3≤P/2,P为第一设备的最大发射功率。可以理解,由于64-QAM中,星座符号中的符号位数为6,I轴和Q轴均对应3位符号,进而第一设备可以将功率等分给I轴,即I轴上对应的3位符号的最大发射功率为P/2。
Optionally, the transmission power allocated by the first device to UE# 1 is p 1 , and the transmission power allocated by the first device to UE# 2 is p 2 . The transmission power allocated by the first device to UE# 3 is p 3 , and p 1 +p 2 +p 3 ≤P/2, where P is the maximum transmission power of the first device. It can be understood that, since the number of symbol bits in the constellation symbol in 64-QAM is 6, both the I axis and the Q axis correspond to 3-bit symbols, and then the first device can divide the power equally to the I axis, that is, the maximum transmission power of the corresponding 3-bit symbol on the I axis is P/2.
其中,d
1=|h
1|·p
1,d
2=|h
2|·p
2,d
3=|h
3|·p
3。在d
1=d
2=d
3的情况下,如图10所示,I轴上8个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。其中,利用上述公式(3)~(7),可以得到I轴星座符号坐标、d(b
3b
2b
1)、以及N
I位符号b
3b
2b
1之间的映射关系,具体可以参见表1。
Wherein, d 1 =|h 1 |·p 1 , d 2 =|h 2 |·p 2 , d 3 =|h 3 |·p 3 . In the case of d 1 =d 2 =d 3 , as shown in FIG10 , the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis are arranged at uniform intervals. Wherein, using the above formulas (3) to (7), the mapping relationship between the I axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ), and the N I -bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 can be obtained, as shown in Table 1 for details.
表1Table 1
b 3b 2b 1 b 3 b 2 b 1 | d(b 3b 2b 1) d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ) | I轴星座符号坐标I-axis constellation symbol coordinates |
000000 | 00 | -7-7 |
001001 | 11 | -5-5 |
010010 | 22 | -3-3 |
011011 | 33 | -1-1 |
100100 | 44 | +1+1 |
101101 | 55 | +3+3 |
110110 | 66 | +5+5 |
111111 | 77 | +7+7 |
可以理解,上述公式(7)中
与I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标之间的映射关系仅是示例,还可以采用其他的映射关系确定I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标。例如,公式(7)可以改写为公式(8)。
It can be understood that in the above formula (7) The mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis is only an example, and other mapping relationships can also be used to determine the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis. For example, formula (7) can be rewritten as formula (8).
进一步的,在采用公式(8)确定I轴上的M
I个星座符号坐标的情况下,表1中I轴星座符号坐标发生变化,具体可以参见表2。
Further, when formula (8) is used to determine the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis, the I axis constellation symbol coordinates in Table 1 change, and the details can be seen in Table 2.
表2Table 2
b 3b 2b 1 b 3 b 2 b 1 | d(b 3b 2b 1) d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ) | I轴星座符号坐标I-axis constellation symbol coordinates |
000000 | 00 | +7+7 |
001001 | 11 | +5+5 |
010010 | 22 | +3+3 |
011011 | 33 | +1+1 |
100100 | 44 | -1-1 |
101101 | 55 | -3-3 |
110110 | 66 | -5-5 |
111111 | 77 | -7-7 |
如上文所述,在
的情况下,I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的。其中,在d
1=1,d
2=1.1,d
3=1.2的情况下,图11示例出了I轴上8个星座符号坐标的排列位置。利用上述公式(3)~(7),可以得到I轴星座符号坐标、d(b
3b
2b
1)、以及N
I位符号b
3b
2b
1之间的映射关系,具体可以参见表3。
As mentioned above, in In the case of , the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis are arranged at non-uniform intervals. Wherein, in the case of d 1 =1, d 2 =1.1, d 3 =1.2, FIG11 illustrates the arrangement positions of the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis. Using the above formulas (3) to (7), the mapping relationship between the I-axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ), and the N I- bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 can be obtained, as shown in Table 3 for details.
表3table 3
b 3b 2b 1 b 3 b 2 b 1 | d(b 3b 2b 1) d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ) | I轴星座符号坐标I-axis constellation symbol coordinates |
000000 | 00 | -7.00-7.00 |
001001 | 0.90900.9090 | -5.18-5.18 |
010010 | 2.00002.0000 | -3.00-3.00 |
011011 | 2.90902.9090 | -1.18-1.18 |
100100 | 4.36004.3600 | +1.72+1.72 |
101101 | 5.26905.2690 | +3.54+3.54 |
110110 | 6.36006.3600 | +5.72+5.72 |
111111 | 7.26907.2690 | +7.54+7.54 |
参见表3,表3中I轴星座符号坐标采用小数点后保留2位的坐标精度。其中,I轴星座符号坐标是由输入参数d
1=1,d
2=1.1,以及d
3=1.2确定的。表3中7个相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距分别为:1.82,2.18,1.82,2.90,1.82,2.18,以及1.82。应理解,表3中所示的星座符号坐标的非均匀间距排列方式仅是一种示例,上述7个相邻星 座符号坐标之间的间距中可以仅有一个间距与其他间距不同,或者还可以是其他非均匀间距排列方式,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
See Table 3, in which the I-axis constellation symbol coordinates retain 2 digits of coordinate accuracy after the decimal point. The I-axis constellation symbol coordinates are determined by input parameters d 1 =1, d 2 =1.1, and d 3 =1.2. The spacings between 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in Table 3 are: 1.82, 2.18, 1.82, 2.90, 1.82, 2.18, and 1.82, respectively. It should be understood that the non-uniform spacing arrangement of the constellation symbol coordinates shown in Table 3 is only an example, and only one of the spacings between the above 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates may be different from the other spacings, or other non-uniform spacing arrangements may be used, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
可以理解,不论图10或图11所示的I轴星座符号坐标是整数还是包括小数,8个I轴星座符号坐标的N
I位符号b
3b
2b
1从左到右(从-I轴指向+I轴方向)方向可以均是集合{000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111}。其中,每个N
I位符号b
3b
2b
1的3位符号分别分配给UE#1、UE#2以及UE#3使用。比如:当终端设备检测到I轴的0xx或1xx符号时,表示收到UE#1的比特信息(即数据);当终端设备检测到I轴的x0x或x1x符号时,表示收到UE#2的比特信息;当终端设备检测到I轴的xx0或xx1符号时,表示收到UE#3的比特信息。应理解,星座符号坐标的N
I位符号b
3b
2b
1集合内编号排列顺序并非必须是{000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111},还可以是其他任意无重复的排列顺序,例如{111,110,101,100,011,010,001,000};或者,{101,100,001,000,010,011,110,111}等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
It can be understood that no matter whether the I-axis constellation symbol coordinates shown in FIG. 10 or FIG. 11 are integers or include decimals, the N I -bit symbols b 3 b 2 b 1 of the 8 I-axis constellation symbol coordinates can be a set {000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, 111} from left to right (from the -I axis to the +I axis direction). Among them, the 3-bit symbols of each N I -bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 are respectively allocated to UE# 1, UE# 2 and UE# 3 for use. For example: when the terminal device detects the 0xx or 1xx symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information (i.e., data) of UE# 1 is received; when the terminal device detects the x0x or x1x symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information of UE# 2 is received; when the terminal device detects the xx0 or xx1 symbol of the I axis, it indicates that the bit information of UE# 3 is received. It should be understood that the order of arrangement of the numbers within the N I- bit symbol b 3 b 2 b 1 set of the constellation symbol coordinates is not necessarily {000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, 111}, but may be any other non-repetitive order, for example, {111, 110, 101, 100, 011, 010, 001, 000}; or, {101, 100, 001, 000, 010, 011, 110, 111}, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解,第一轴可以是Q轴,Q轴对应的第二集合可以包括K
Q个终端设备,K
Q个终端设备中的第k个终端设备可以表示为UE#k,k∈{0,1,…,K
Q},Q轴对应N
Q位符号,Q轴上星座符号坐标的个数为
即K1=K
Q,N1=N
Q,A=M
Q。
It can be understood that the first axis can be the Q axis, the second set corresponding to the Q axis can include K Q terminal devices, the kth terminal device among the K Q terminal devices can be represented as UE#k, k∈{0,1,…,K Q }, the Q axis corresponds to N Q bit symbols, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis is That is, K1=K Q , N1=N Q , A=M Q .
下面结合图12和上述公式(3)~(7),示例性地说明第一轴为Q轴时其对应的A=M
Q个星座符号坐标。
In conjunction with FIG. 12 and the above formulas (3) to (7), the following exemplarily illustrates the A=M Q constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis when the first axis is the Q axis.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中Q轴上对应的N
Q位符号与K
Q个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图。其中,图12中64-QAM星座图的星座点是以8×8的方式均匀分布的,Q轴上对应的星座符号坐标的个数
进而Q轴对应的N
Q位符号中N
Q的最大值为3,并且该N
Q位符号最多可以分配给3个终端设备使用。示例性的,Q轴对应的N
Q位符号可以表示为b
6b
5b
4,b
6b
5b
4∈{000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111}。
FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application and data of K Q terminal devices. The constellation points of the 64-QAM constellation diagram in FIG12 are evenly distributed in an 8×8 manner, and the number of constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the Q axis is Thus, the maximum value of N Q in the N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis is 3, and the N Q bit symbols can be allocated to at most 3 terminal devices for use. Exemplarily, the N Q bit symbols corresponding to the Q axis can be expressed as b 6 b 5 b 4 , b 6 b 5 b 4 ∈{000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111}.
如图12所示,3个终端设备可以分别表示为UE#4、UE#5、以及UE#6,进而UE#4的数据可以用数据#4表示,UE#5的数据可以用数据#5表示,UE#6的数据可以用数据#6表示。其中,b
6与数据#6对应,b
5与数据#5对应,b
4与数据#4对应。
As shown in FIG12 , three terminal devices can be represented as UE# 4, UE# 5, and UE# 6, respectively. Then, the data of UE# 4 can be represented by data# 4, the data of UE# 5 can be represented by data# 5, and the data of UE# 6 can be represented by data# 6. Among them, b6 corresponds to data# 6, b5 corresponds to data# 5, and b4 corresponds to data# 4.
可选地,UE#4对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
4|表示,UE#5对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
5|表示,UE#6对应的信道响应幅度的绝对值可以用|h
6|表示。
Optionally, the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 4 may be represented by |h 4 |, the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 5 may be represented by |h 5 |, and the absolute value of the channel response amplitude corresponding to UE# 6 may be represented by |h 6 |.
可选地,第一设备分配给UE#4的发射功率为p
4,第一设备分配给UE#5的发射功率为p
5。第一设备分配给UE#6的发射功率为p
6,并且p
4+p
5+p
6≤P/2。
Optionally, the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE# 4 is p 4 , the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE# 5 is p 5 , the transmit power allocated by the first device to UE# 6 is p 6 , and p 4 +p 5 +p 6 ≤P/2.
其中,d
4=|h
4|·p
4,d
5=|h
5|·p
5,d
6=|h
6|·p
6。在d
4=d
5=d
6的情况下,如图12所示,Q轴上8个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的,Q轴星座符号坐标、d(b
6b
5b
4)、以及N
Q位符号b
6b
5b
4之间的映射关系与表1中I轴星座符号坐标类似,可以参见表4,在此不再赘述。
Wherein, d 4 =|h 4 |·p 4 , d 5 =|h 5 |·p 5 , d 6 =|h 6 |·p 6 . In the case of d 4 =d 5 =d 6 , as shown in FIG12 , the 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis are arranged at even intervals, and the mapping relationship between the Q axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 6 b 5 b 4 ), and the N Q -bit symbol b 6 b 5 b 4 is similar to the I axis constellation symbol coordinates in Table 1, and may be referred to Table 4, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,在d
4=1,d
5=1.2,d
6=1.4的情况下,图13示例出了Q轴上8个星座符号坐标的排列位置。其中,Q轴星座符号坐标、d(b
3b
2b
1)、以及N
Q位符号b
6b
5b
4之间的映射关系,具体可以参见表4。
Exemplarily, in the case of d 4 =1, d 5 =1.2, d 6 =1.4, FIG13 illustrates the arrangement positions of 8 constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis. The mapping relationship between the Q axis constellation symbol coordinates, d(b 3 b 2 b 1 ), and N Q -bit symbols b 6 b 5 b 4 can be specifically referred to in Table 4.
表4Table 4
b 6b 5b 4 b 6 b 5 b 4 | d(b 6b 5b 4) d(b 6 b 5 b 4 ) | Q轴星座符号坐标Q-axis constellation symbol coordinates |
000000 | 00 | -7.00-7.00 |
001001 | 0.83330.8333 | -5.33-5.33 |
010010 | 2.00002.0000 | -3.00-3.00 |
011011 | 2.83332.8333 | -1.34-1.34 |
100100 | 4.66674.6667 | +2.34+2.34 |
101101 | 5.50005.5000 | +4.00+4.00 |
110110 | 6.66676.6667 | +6.34+6.34 |
111111 | 7.50007.5000 | +8.00+8.00 |
参见表4,表4中7个相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距分别为:1.67,2.33,1.66,3.68,1.66,2.34,以及1.66。Referring to Table 4, the intervals between 7 adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in Table 4 are respectively 1.67, 2.33, 1.66, 3.68, 1.66, 2.34, and 1.66.
可选地,星座图的参数还包括第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息。Optionally, the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of A corresponding constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis.
可选地,第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括:该A个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息,或者该A个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates, indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
也就是说,M个终端设备中的每个终端设备可以根据第一指示信息中第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息生成星座图中第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标。That is to say, each of the M terminal devices can generate A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis in the first indication information.
示例性的,协议可以约定在没有接收到第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息的情况下,该A个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。Exemplarily, the protocol may stipulate that in the case where no indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis is received, the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform intervals.
可选地,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息;K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
的指示信息;或者,A个星座符号坐标中A-1个间距的指示信息。
Optionally, the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
可选地,输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。比如协议可以约定指示输入参数d
k位于的区间范围的索引,进而第一设备可以向终端设备发送该索引,使得终端设备可以根据该索引在本地查表以确定输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。示例性的,索引#1可以表示输入参数d
k在[0.95,1.05]内,终端设备可以使用[0.95,1.05]内的任一数值作为输入参数d
k。
Optionally, the indication information of the input parameter d k may be the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located. For example, the protocol may agree on an index indicating the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located, and then the first device may send the index to the terminal device, so that the terminal device may look up a table locally according to the index to determine the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located. Exemplarily, index # 1 may indicate that the input parameter d k is within [0.95, 1.05], and the terminal device may use any value within [0.95, 1.05] as the input parameter d k .
当然,该索引还可以是由第一设备与在终端设备提前协商的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Of course, the index may also be negotiated in advance between the first device and the terminal device, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
或者,可选地,每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之间的比例关系。也就是说,终端设备可以根据该比例关系确定上述公式(5)中的
进而可以利用例如公式(7)所对应的映射关系,确定A个星座符号坐标。
Alternatively, the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device. That is, the terminal device may determine the value in the above formula (5) according to the proportional relationship. Then, the A constellation symbol coordinates can be determined by using the mapping relationship corresponding to formula (7), for example.
可选地,A-1个间距中的每个间距可以是指:A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距,例如表3中所对应的7个间距:1.82,2.18,1.82,2.90,1.82,2.18,以及1.82。示例性的,该A-1个间距的指示信息可以是A-1个间距中每个间距位于的区间范围的索引。Optionally, each of the A-1 intervals may refer to: the interval between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, such as the 7 corresponding intervals in Table 3: 1.82, 2.18, 1.82, 2.90, 1.82, 2.18, and 1.82. Exemplarily, the indication information of the A-1 intervals may be an index of the interval range in which each of the A-1 intervals is located.
可选地,该A个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息可以是指:
与I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标(或者Q轴上M
Q个星座符号坐标)之间的映射关系。其中,映射关系例如可以是上述公式(7)所对应的映射关系,或者上述公式(8)所对应的映射关系。
Optionally, the indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates may refer to: and the mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis (or the M Q constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis). The mapping relationship may be, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (7) or the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (8).
可以理解,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以隐式地指示该A个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列或非均匀间距排列。例如,当指示K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k不全部相同时,可以隐式地指示该A个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的。又例如,当指示K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k全部相同时,可以隐式地指示该A个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。
It can be understood that the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates can implicitly indicate whether the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing. For example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices are not all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing. For another example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices are all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the A constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing.
可选地,第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率。Optionally, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
可选地,第一指示信息还用于指示根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
示例性的,终端设备根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率直接计算输入参数d
k,进而得到A个星座符号坐标。
Exemplarily, the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
可选地,星座图的参数还包括星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据的映射关系。其中,第一轴与第二轴彼此正交。示例性的,若第一轴为I轴,则第二轴为Q轴;若第一轴为Q轴,则第二轴为I轴。N2和K2均为整数,N2≥K2,K2≥1,M>K2。可以理解,对于第一轴上承载的终端设备,由于第一轴上对应的N1位符号与K1个终端设备的数据存在映射关系,并且K1≥2,因此第一轴上对应的N1位符号可以承载至少两个终端设备的数据。对应第二轴上承载的终端设备,由于第二轴上对应的N2位符号与K2个终端设备的数据存在映射关系,并且K2≥1,因此第二轴上对应的N2位符号可以仅承载一个终端设备的数据。Optionally, the parameters of the constellation diagram also include a mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. The first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other. Exemplarily, if the first axis is the I axis, the second axis is the Q axis; if the first axis is the Q axis, the second axis is the I axis. N2 and K2 are both integers, N2≥K2, K2≥1, and M>K2. It can be understood that for the terminal device carried on the first axis, since the corresponding N1-bit symbol on the first axis has a mapping relationship with the data of K1 terminal devices, and K1≥2, the corresponding N1-bit symbol on the first axis can carry the data of at least two terminal devices. For the terminal device carried on the second axis, since the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis has a mapping relationship with the data of K2 terminal devices, and K2≥1, the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis can only carry the data of one terminal device.
应理解,第二轴的设置与第一轴相类似。例如,在第二轴是I轴的情况下,星座符号在I轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据之间存在映射关系。如上文所述,I轴对应的符号位数为N
I,该N2位符号可以是星座符号在I轴上对应的N
I位符号(例如上文中的b
1b
2b
6,N1=N
I=3)。I轴对应第一集合,由于第一集合包括K
I个终端设备,因此该K2个终端设备可以是第一集合中的K
I个终端设备,K2可以等于K
I。在第二轴是Q轴的情况下,与第二轴是I轴的情况类似,不再赘述。
It should be understood that the setting of the second axis is similar to that of the first axis. For example, when the second axis is the I axis, there is a mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis and the data of the K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. As described above, the number of symbol bits corresponding to the I axis is N I , and the N2-bit symbol can be the N I- bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the I axis (for example, b 1 b 2 b 6 above, N1=N I =3). The I axis corresponds to the first set. Since the first set includes K I terminal devices, the K2 terminal devices can be the K I terminal devices in the first set, and K2 can be equal to K I. When the second axis is the Q axis, it is similar to the case where the second axis is the I axis and will not be repeated.
又例如,由于第一指示信息可以用于指示星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,因此在该K2个终端设备根据星座图解调叠加调制符号时,可以根据叠加调制符号对应的星座符号中的N2位符号确定各自对应的数据。示例性的,以K2个终端设备中的第1个终端设备的数据对应N2位符号中的第一位符号(按照从左至右的顺序)为例,假设解调之后星座符号中的N2位符号为“011”,或“010”,或“001”,该第1个终端设备可以确定其接收的数据为“0”。For another example, since the first indication information can be used to indicate the mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, when the K2 terminal devices demodulate the superimposed modulation symbols according to the constellation diagram, the respective corresponding data can be determined according to the N2-bit symbol in the constellation symbol corresponding to the superimposed modulation symbol. Exemplarily, taking the first symbol in the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the data of the first terminal device among the K2 terminal devices (in order from left to right) as an example, assuming that the N2-bit symbol in the constellation symbol after demodulation is "011", or "010", or "001", the first terminal device can determine that the data it receives is "0".
再例如,星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系可以是:N2位符号中每位符号与K2个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据一一映射;或者,N2位符号中的多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据;或者,N2位符号中的部分符号可以是多位符号承载一个终端设备的数据,另外一部分符号中 的一位符号承载一个终端设备的数据。For another example, the mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and the data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices can be: each bit symbol in the N2-bit symbol is mapped one-to-one to the data of each terminal device among the K2 terminal devices; or, multiple bits of the N2-bit symbol carry the data of one terminal device; or, some of the symbols in the N2-bit symbol can be multiple bits carrying the data of one terminal device, and one bit of another part of the symbols carries the data of one terminal device.
应理解,星座符号在第二轴对应的N2位符号、该N2位符号在星座符号中的位置、或者该N2位符号与K2个终端设备的数据映射关系等,均可以参见关于第一轴的相关说明,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis, the position of the N2-bit symbol in the constellation symbol, or the data mapping relationship between the N2-bit symbol and the K2 terminal devices, etc., can all be found in the relevant description about the first axis and will not be repeated here.
可选地,第二轴上对应B个星座符号坐标。其中,在K2≥2的情况下,B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标,B为大于等于3的整数。也就是说,B个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的,进而星座图中的星座点在第二轴所在的方向上可以是非均匀分布的,相对于星座点均匀分布,可以增加叠加调制符号的调制性能。Optionally, the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates. Wherein, in the case of K2≥2, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates, and B is an integer greater than or equal to 3. In other words, the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at non-uniform spacings, and thus the constellation points in the constellation diagram may be non-uniformly distributed in the direction where the second axis is located, which can increase the modulation performance of the superimposed modulation symbol relative to the uniform distribution of the constellation points.
可以理解,B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标与第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标相类似,具体可以参见上文关于第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的相关说明,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that the adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates are similar to the corresponding A constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis. For details, please refer to the above description of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率确定的。其中,K2个发射功率可以是第一设备分配的。也就是说,由于B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距与信道和/或发射功率有关,进而该B个星座符号坐标可以与不同终端设备对应的信道质量相适配,从而可以增加对不同信道质量的适应性。Optionally, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices. The K2 transmit powers may be allocated by the first device. That is, since the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is related to the channel and/or transmit power, the B constellation symbol coordinates may be adapted to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices, thereby increasing adaptability to different channel qualities.
应理解,由于B个星座符号坐标的确定方式与A个星座符号坐标的确定方式相同,因此可以参见上述关于A个星座符号坐标确定方式的相关说明,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that since the method for determining the coordinates of B constellation symbols is the same as the method for determining the coordinates of A constellation symbols, reference may be made to the above description of the method for determining the coordinates of A constellation symbols, which will not be repeated here.
下面结合图10~图15,说明I轴占据低位比特以及Q轴占据高位比特的方式合成得到I-Q两路的星座图。10 to 15 , the following describes how the I-Q two-path constellation diagram is synthesized by the I axis occupying the low-order bits and the Q axis occupying the high-order bits.
示例性的,图14为本申请实施例提供的一种64-QAM星座图中星座符号与6个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图。其中,如图10和图12的相关说明,在图14中,d
1=d
2=d
3=d
4=d
5=d
6,I轴和Q轴各自对应的8个星座符号坐标均是均匀间距排列的,星座符号b
6b
5b
4b
3b
2b
1在I轴上对应的3位符号是后三位(低三位)b
3b
2b
1,该3位符号b
3b
2b
1承载UE#3、UE#2和UE#1的数据。星座符号b
6b
5b
4b
3b
2b
1在Q轴上对应的3位符号是前三位(高三位)b
6b
5b
4,该3位符号b
6b
5b
4承载UE#6、UE#5和UE#4的数据。
Exemplarily, FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of 6 terminal devices in a 64-QAM constellation diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application. As described in the relevant descriptions of FIG10 and FIG12, in FIG14, d1 = d2 = d3 = d4 = d5 = d6 , and the 8 constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis and the Q axis are arranged at uniform intervals. The 3-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol b6b5b4b3b2b1 on the I axis is the last three bits (lower three bits) b3b2b1 , and the 3 -bit symbol b3b2b1 carries the data of UE# 3 , UE# 2 and UE # 1 . The 3-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol b6b5b4b3b2b1 on the Q axis is the first three bits (higher three bits) b6b5b4 , and the 3-bit symbol b6b5b4 carries the data of UE # 6, UE# 5 and UE# 4 .
示例性的,图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种64-QAM星座图中星座符号与6个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系示意图。其中,如图11和图13的相关说明,由于d
1=1,d
2=1.1,d
3=1.2,d
4=1,d
5=1.2,d
6=1.4,因此图15与图14中的星座图不同,图15中的I轴和Q轴各自对应的8个星座符号坐标均是非均匀间距排列的。
Exemplarily, Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the mapping relationship between constellation symbols and data of 6 terminal devices in another 64-QAM constellation diagram provided in an embodiment of the present application. As described in the relevant descriptions of Figures 11 and 13, since d1 = 1, d2 = 1.1, d3 = 1.2, d4 = 1, d5 = 1.2, d6 = 1.4, Figure 15 is different from the constellation diagram in Figure 14, and the 8 constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the I axis and the Q axis in Figure 15 are arranged at non-uniform intervals.
可选地,星座图的参数还包括第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。其中,第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括:该B个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息,该B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息,或者该B个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis. The indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates, indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
也就是说,M个终端设备中的每个终端设备可以根据第一指示信息中第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息生成星座图中第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标。That is to say, each of the M terminal devices may generate B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the constellation diagram according to the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis in the first indication information.
示例性的,协议可以约定在没有接收到第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信 息的情况下,该B个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。Exemplarily, the protocol may stipulate that in the absence of receiving indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis, the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged at uniform intervals.
可选地,该B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以包括:K2个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息;K2个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
的指示信息;或者,B个星座符号坐标中B-1个间距的指示信息。
Optionally, the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices; or, indication information of B-1 spacings in B constellation symbol coordinates.
可选地,输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。比如协议可以约定指示输入参数d
k位于的区间范围的索引,进而第一设备可以向终端设备发送该索引,使得终端设备可以根据该索引在本地查表以确定输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。示例性的,索引#1可以表示输入参数d
k在[0.95,1.05]内,终端设备可以使用[0.95,1.05]内的任一数值作为输入参数d
k。
Optionally, the indication information of the input parameter d k may be the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located. For example, the protocol may agree on an index indicating the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located, and then the first device may send the index to the terminal device, so that the terminal device may look up a table locally according to the index to determine the interval range in which the input parameter d k is located. Exemplarily, index # 1 may indicate that the input parameter d k is within [0.95, 1.05], and the terminal device may use any value within [0.95, 1.05] as the input parameter d k .
或者,可选地,每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之间的比例关系。也就是说,终端设备可以根据该比例关系确定上述公式(5)中的
进而可以利用例如公式(7)所对应的映射关系,确定B个星座符号坐标。
Alternatively, the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device. That is, the terminal device may determine the value in the above formula (5) according to the proportional relationship. Then, the B constellation symbol coordinates can be determined by using, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to formula (7).
可选地,该B个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息可以是指:
与I轴上M
I个星座符号坐标(或者Q轴上M
Q个星座符号坐标)之间的映射关系。其中,映射关系例如可以是上述公式(7)所对应的映射关系,或者上述公式(8)所对应的映射关系。
Optionally, the indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates may refer to: and the mapping relationship between the M I constellation symbol coordinates on the I axis (or the M Q constellation symbol coordinates on the Q axis). The mapping relationship may be, for example, the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (7) or the mapping relationship corresponding to the above formula (8).
可以理解,该B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以隐式地指示该B个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列或非均匀间距排列。例如,当指示K2个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k不全部相同时,可以隐式地指示该B个星座符号坐标是非均匀间距排列的。又例如,当指示K2个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k全部相同时,可以隐式地指示该B个星座符号坐标是均匀间距排列的。
It can be understood that the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates can implicitly indicate whether the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing or non-uniform spacing. For example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices are not all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing. For another example, when it is indicated that the input parameters dk corresponding to each terminal device in the K2 terminal devices are all the same, it can be implicitly indicated that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with uniform spacing.
可选地,第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率。其中,第一指示信息还用于指示根据K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率确定第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标。示例性的,终端设备根据K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率直接计算输入参数d
k,进而得到B个星座符号坐标。
Optionally, the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis includes: K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to K2 terminal devices. The first indication information is further used to indicate that the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis are determined according to the K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices. Exemplarily, the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to the K2 channel information and/or K2 transmit powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices, thereby obtaining the B constellation symbol coordinates.
可选地,第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同。其中,第二轴与第一轴彼此正交,N2为大于等于1的整数。即第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同,可以认为是第一设备中I路的发射功率与Q路的发射功率不同。也就是说,第一设备可以不用将发射功率均分给I路和Q路。Optionally, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis. The second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. That is, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, which can be considered that the transmission power of the I path in the first device is different from the transmission power of the Q path. In other words, the first device does not need to evenly distribute the transmission power to the I path and the Q path.
可选地,第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率之间的比值为第一比值。其中,第一比值为该N1位符号承载的终端设备数量与该N2位符号承载的终端设备数量之间的比值。第一比值可以通过公式(9)确定。公式(9)如下:Optionally, the ratio between the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis and the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis is a first ratio. The first ratio is the ratio between the number of terminal devices carried by the N1-bit symbol and the number of terminal devices carried by the N2-bit symbol. The first ratio can be determined by formula (9). Formula (9) is as follows:
P
N1:P
N2=K1:K2 公式(9)
PN1 : PN2 =K1:K2 Formula (9)
在公式(9)中,P
N1可以表示第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率,P
N2可以表示第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率,P
N1:P
N2表示第一比值,K1表示该N1位符号承 载的终端设备数量,K2表示该N2位符号承载的终端设备数量。
In formula (9), PN1 may represent the transmission power of the corresponding N1-bit symbol on the first axis, PN2 may represent the transmission power of the corresponding N2-bit symbol on the second axis, PN1 : PN2 represents the first ratio, K1 represents the number of terminal devices carried by the N1-bit symbol, and K2 represents the number of terminal devices carried by the N2-bit symbol.
示例性的,以第一轴为I轴,第二轴为Q轴为例进行说明。其中,如图7和图8所示的16-QAM调制星座图,I轴和Q轴各自对应2位符号,若I轴分配两个终端设备,Q轴分配一个终端设备,则P
N1:P
N2=2:1。如图9所示的16-QAM调制星座图,I轴对应3位符号,Q轴对应1位符号,Q轴仅能分配一个终端设备,若I轴分配三个终端设备,则P
N1:P
N2=3:1。
Exemplarily, the first axis is the I axis and the second axis is the Q axis. As shown in FIG7 and FIG8 , the I axis and the Q axis each correspond to a 2-bit symbol. If the I axis is assigned to two terminal devices and the Q axis is assigned to one terminal device, then PN1 : PN2 = 2:1. As shown in FIG9 , the 16-QAM modulation constellation diagram, the I axis corresponds to a 3-bit symbol and the Q axis corresponds to a 1-bit symbol. The Q axis can only be assigned to one terminal device. If the I axis is assigned to three terminal devices, then PN1 : PN2 = 3:1.
对于步骤S602:For step S602:
可选地,第一指示信息可以由RRC信令、MAC层信令、或者DCI承载,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the first indication information may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, or DCI, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选地,如图6所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法,还包括:Optionally, as shown in FIG6 , the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
S603、第一设备生成星座图中星座符号的位置。S603: The first device generates positions of constellation symbols in a constellation diagram.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据M个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息生成星座图中星座符号的位置。其中,M个终端设备中每个终端设备的信息可以包括每个终端设备对应的信道信息。In a possible implementation, the first device generates the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to the information of each terminal device among the M terminal devices, wherein the information of each terminal device among the M terminal devices may include channel information corresponding to each terminal device.
应理解,在第一设备完成生成星座图中星座符号的位置时,第一设备也可以同时完成了生成第一指示信息,即步骤S601和步骤603可以同时执行。当然,第一设备也可以先生成星座图中星座符号的位置,之后生成第一指示信息,即步骤S603可以在步骤S601之前执行;或者,第一设备也可以先生成第一指示信息,之后生成星座图中星座符号的位置,即步骤S603可以在步骤S601之后执行,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that when the first device completes generating the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram, the first device may also complete generating the first indication information at the same time, that is, step S601 and step 603 may be performed simultaneously. Of course, the first device may also first generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram, and then generate the first indication information, that is, step S603 may be performed before step S601; or, the first device may also first generate the first indication information, and then generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram, that is, step S603 may be performed after step S601, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
S604、第一设备根据星座图中星座符号的位置和第一指示信息调制M个终端设备的数据获得叠加调制符号,并向M个终端设备发送该叠加调制符号。相应地,M个终端设备中每个终端设备接收来自第一设备的叠加调制符号。S604: The first device modulates the data of the M terminal devices according to the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram and the first indication information to obtain a superimposed modulation symbol, and sends the superimposed modulation symbol to the M terminal devices. Accordingly, each of the M terminal devices receives the superimposed modulation symbol from the first device.
示例性的,图16为本申请实施例提供的一种叠加调制符号的调制方式的模块框架示意图。其中,如图16所示,第一设备可以根据信道估计获取M个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的信道信息,并根据每个终端设备的信道信息进行星座图生成,以获取用于调制M个终端设备的数据的星座图。第一设备将M个终端设备中每个终端设备的数据(例如比特数据流)进行信道编码,获得每个终端设备的编码后的数据,并进行星座图映射,即根据第一指示信息中指示的映射关系将编码后的数据映射至星座符号中不同的符号位上,进而得到叠加调制符号。其中,叠加调制符号可以经过OFDM处理后由天线发射。Exemplarily, FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a module framework of a modulation method of superimposed modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application. Among them, as shown in FIG16, the first device can obtain the channel information corresponding to each terminal device in the M terminal devices according to the channel estimation, and generate a constellation diagram according to the channel information of each terminal device to obtain a constellation diagram for modulating the data of the M terminal devices. The first device performs channel encoding on the data (e.g., a bit data stream) of each terminal device in the M terminal devices, obtains the encoded data of each terminal device, and performs constellation mapping, that is, maps the encoded data to different symbol bits in the constellation symbol according to the mapping relationship indicated in the first indication information, thereby obtaining superimposed modulation symbols. Among them, the superimposed modulation symbols can be transmitted by the antenna after OFDM processing.
S605、M个终端设备中每个终端设备生成星座图中星座符号的位置。S605. Each of the M terminal devices generates a position of a constellation symbol in a constellation diagram.
可选地,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据预先约定生成星座图中星座符号的位置;或者,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息生成星座图中星座符号的位置。该第一指示信息指示的星座图的参数还包括第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。A个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以用于确定第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标,B个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以用于确定第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标。可以理解,如上文所述(例如图14和图15所示的星座图),A个星座符号坐标可以用于确定星座符号在第一轴方向上的位置排列,B个星 座符号坐标可以用于确定星座符号在第二轴方向上的位置排列。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to a pre-agreed agreement; or, the terminal device may generate the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to the first indication information. The parameters of the constellation diagram indicated by the first indication information also include indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and/or indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis. The indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and the indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis. It can be understood that, as described above (for example, the constellation diagrams shown in Figures 14 and 15), A constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the position arrangement of the constellation symbol in the direction of the first axis, and B constellation symbol coordinates can be used to determine the position arrangement of the constellation symbol in the direction of the second axis.
可以理解,在终端设备根据第一指示信息生成星座图中星座符号的位置的情况下,步骤S605可以在S602之后执行。It can be understood that when the terminal device generates the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram according to the first indication information, step S605 can be performed after S602.
应理解,步骤S605可以在步骤S604之前或之后执行,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that step S605 may be performed before or after step S604, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
S606、M个终端设备中每个终端设备根据第一指示信息和星座图中星座符号的位置解调来自第一设备的叠加调制符号。S606. Each of the M terminal devices demodulates the superimposed modulation symbols from the first device according to the first indication information and the position of the constellation symbols in the constellation diagram.
示例性的,以M个终端设备中的终端设备#i解调叠加调制符号为例进行说明。图17为本申请实施例提供的一种叠加调制符号的解调方式的模块框架示意图。其中,如图17所示,终端设备#i可以根据第一指示信息进行星座图生成,以获取用于解调叠加调制符号的星座图,进而可以确定星座图中星座符号的位置。终端设备#i将经由天线接收的信号进行OFDM处理得到来自第一设备的叠加调制符号,并进行星座图逆映射,即根据生成的星座图判断接收到的叠加调制符号所对应的星座点,并根据星座点与星座符号之间的映射规则确定该星座点所对应的星座符号,之后根据第一指示信息指示的映射关系提取该星座符号中对应的符号作为终端设备#i的编码后的数据。终端设备#i的编码后的数据经过信道译码后可以得到终端设备#i的比特数据流。Exemplarily, the demodulation of superimposed modulation symbols by terminal device #i among M terminal devices is taken as an example for explanation. Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the module framework of a demodulation method for superimposed modulation symbols provided in an embodiment of the present application. Among them, as shown in Figure 17, terminal device #i can generate a constellation diagram according to the first indication information to obtain a constellation diagram for demodulating superimposed modulation symbols, and then determine the position of the constellation symbol in the constellation diagram. Terminal device #i performs OFDM processing on the signal received via the antenna to obtain the superimposed modulation symbol from the first device, and performs inverse mapping of the constellation diagram, that is, judging the constellation point corresponding to the received superimposed modulation symbol according to the generated constellation diagram, and determining the constellation symbol corresponding to the constellation point according to the mapping rule between the constellation point and the constellation symbol, and then extracting the corresponding symbol in the constellation symbol as the encoded data of terminal device #i according to the mapping relationship indicated by the first indication information. The bit data stream of terminal device #i can be obtained after channel decoding of the encoded data of terminal device #i.
可选地,在第一指示信息指示的星座图的参数还包括:第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息的情况下,本申请实施例提供的方法,还包括:第一设备向M个终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数,更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。相应地,M个终端设备中的一个或多个终端设备接收来自第一设备的第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息可以是根据终端设备对应的更新后的信道信息和/或发射功率确定的。可以理解,由于M个终端设备可以是移动的,或者无线信号传输的环境可能是动态变化的,因此终端设备对应的信道信息和/或发射功率也会随之发生变化。当信道信息和/或发射功率发生变化,若以之前的星座图调制和解调叠加符号,会降低终端设备解调叠加调制符号的性能。Optionally, when the parameters of the constellation diagram indicated by the first indication information also include: indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and/or indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first device sends a second indication information to M terminal devices, and the second indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the updated constellation diagram, and the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates. Correspondingly, one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices receive the second indication information from the first device. Among them, the second indication information may be determined according to the updated channel information and/or transmit power corresponding to the terminal device. It can be understood that since the M terminal devices may be mobile, or the environment of wireless signal transmission may change dynamically, the channel information and/or transmit power corresponding to the terminal device will also change accordingly. When the channel information and/or transmit power change, if the superimposed symbols are modulated and demodulated with the previous constellation diagram, the performance of the terminal device in demodulating the superimposed modulation symbols will be reduced.
由于根据第二指示信息,调制和解调叠加调制符号的星座图中I轴和/或Q轴上对应的相邻星座点的间距可以是动态变化的,并且该动态变化是根据终端设备对应的信道信息和/或发射功率的动态变化确定的,因此可以进一步增加对不同终端设备对应的信道质量的适应性。Since according to the second indication information, the spacing between corresponding adjacent constellation points on the I-axis and/or Q-axis in the constellation diagram of the modulation and demodulation superimposed modulation symbols can be dynamically changed, and the dynamic change is determined according to the dynamic change of the channel information and/or the transmission power corresponding to the terminal device, the adaptability to the channel quality corresponding to different terminal devices can be further increased.
应理解,上述更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括:该A个星座符号坐标更新后为非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息,该A个星座符号坐标中更新后的相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距更新后的指示信息,或者该A个星座符号坐标更新后的计算方式的指示信息等,具体可以参见上述步骤S601中关于A个星座符号坐标的指示信息的相关说明。It should be understood that the indication information of the above-mentioned updated A constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information that the A constellation symbol coordinates are updated to be arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing, indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the A constellation symbol coordinates, etc. For details, please refer to the relevant instructions on the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates in the above-mentioned step S601.
类似地,上述更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括:该B个星座符号坐标更新后为非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息,该B个星座符号坐标中更新后的相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距更新后的指示信息,或者该B个星座符号坐标更新后的 计算方式的指示信息等,具体可以参见上述步骤S601中关于B个星座符号坐标的指示信息的相关说明,在此不再赘述。Similarly, the indication information of the above-mentioned updated B constellation symbol coordinates may include: indication information that the B constellation symbol coordinates are arranged with non-uniform spacing or uniform spacing after updating, indication information after the updated spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates, or indication information of the calculation method after the update of the B constellation symbol coordinates, etc. For details, please refer to the relevant instructions on the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates in the above-mentioned step S601, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,第二指示信息可以由RRC信令、MAC层信令、或者DCI承载,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the second indication information may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC layer signaling, or DCI, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,本申请实施例中,在第一设备为网络设备的情况下,上述步骤S601至S606中的第一设备的动作可以由图5所示的网络设备510中的处理器511调用存储器512中存储的应用程序代码以指令网络设备510执行;在第一设备为终端设备的情况下,上述步骤S601至S606的第一设备的动作可以由图5所示的终端设备500中的处理器501调用存储器502中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备500执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。Among them, in an embodiment of the present application, when the first device is a network device, the actions of the first device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 511 in the network device 510 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 512 to instruct the network device 510 to execute; when the first device is a terminal device, the actions of the first device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 502 to instruct the terminal device 500 to execute, and this embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this.
其中,本申请实施例中,上述步骤S601至S606中终端设备的动作可以由图5所示的终端设备500中的处理器501调用存储器502中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备500执行,本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。Among them, in an embodiment of the present application, the actions of the terminal device in the above steps S601 to S606 can be performed by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5 calling the application code stored in the memory 502 to instruct the terminal device 500 to execute, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一网络设备,或者包含上述第一网络设备的装置,或者为可用于第一网络设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者为可用于终端设备的部件可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Accordingly, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device can be the first network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above first network device, or a component that can be used for the first network device; or, the communication device can be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device. It can be understood that in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. It should be easy for those skilled in the art to realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiment disclosed in this article, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例中对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。应理解,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
比如,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第一设备为例,图18示出了一种第一设备180的结构示意图。该第一设备180包括收发模块1801和处理模块1802。收发模块1801,也可以称为收发单元用以实现收发功能,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口。For example, taking the communication device as the first device in the above method embodiment, FIG18 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a first device 180. The first device 180 includes a transceiver module 1801 and a processing module 1802. The transceiver module 1801, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement a transceiver function, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
其中,处理模块1802,用于生成第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数,该星座图包括用于调制和解调该M个终端设备的数据的星座符号,该星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据,该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1;收发模块1801,用于向M个终端设备发送该第一指示信息。Among them, the processing module 1802 is used to generate the first indication information, which is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram, and the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols used to modulate and demodulate the data of the M terminal devices, the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and the parameters of the constellation diagram include the mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, M>K1; the transceiver module 1801 is used to send the first indication information to the M terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,星座图包括I轴和Q轴。其中,第一轴为I轴或Q轴。In some embodiments, the constellation diagram includes an I axis and a Q axis, wherein the first axis is the I axis or the Q axis.
在一些实施例中,M个终端设备包括I轴对应的第一集合和Q轴对应的第二集合。其中,第一集合包括M个终端设备中的一个或多个终端设备,第二集合包括M个终端设备中除第一集合之外的一个或多个终端设备。In some embodiments, the M terminal devices include a first set corresponding to the I axis and a second set corresponding to the Q axis, wherein the first set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices, and the second set includes one or more terminal devices among the M terminal devices except the first set.
在一些实施例中,星座图的参数还可以包括第一集合中K
I个终端设备的指示信息,和/或第二集合中K
Q个终端设备的指示信息。
In some embodiments, the parameters of the constellation diagram may also include indication information of K I terminal devices in the first set and/or indication information of K Q terminal devices in the second set.
在一些实施例中,第一轴对应的N1位符号的发射功率是由K1个终端设备中的第一终端设备的发射功率确定的。其中,第一终端设备可以是K1个终端设备中信道质量最差的终端设备。In some embodiments, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is determined by the transmission power of the first terminal device among the K1 terminal devices, wherein the first terminal device may be the terminal device with the worst channel quality among the K1 terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,第一轴上对应A个星座符号坐标。其中,A个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标。A为大于等于3的整数。In some embodiments, the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates, wherein there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the A constellation symbol coordinates, and A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
在一些实施例中,A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。In some embodiments, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,星座图的参数还包括第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息。In some embodiments, the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of the corresponding A constellation symbol coordinates on the first axis.
在一些实施例中,第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:该A个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息;该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息;或者,该A个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息。In some embodiments, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the A constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates; or indication information of the calculation method of the A constellation symbol coordinates.
在一些实施例中,该A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息;K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
的指示信息;或者,A个星座符号坐标中A-1个间距的指示信息。
In some embodiments, the indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates may include one or more of the following: indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device in the K1 terminal devices; or, indication information of A-1 spacings in A constellation symbol coordinates.
其中,输入参数d
k是由M个终端设备中的第k个终端设备的信道信息和/或发射功率确定的。K1个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的
可以是指第k个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k在每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之和中的占比。
The input parameter dk is determined by the channel information and/or transmission power of the kth terminal device among the M terminal devices. It may refer to the proportion of the input parameter d k corresponding to the kth terminal device in the sum of the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
示例性的,输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是输入参数d
k位于的区间范围。
Exemplarily, the indication information of the input parameter d k may be an interval range in which the input parameter d k is located.
或者,示例性的,每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k的指示信息可以是每个终端设备对应的输入参数d
k之间的比例关系。
Alternatively, illustratively, the indication information of the input parameter d k corresponding to each terminal device may be a proportional relationship between the input parameters d k corresponding to each terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率。In some embodiments, the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,第一指示信息还用于指示根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标。In some embodiments, the first indication information is also used to indicate that A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis are determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices.
示例性的,终端设备根据K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率直接计算输入参数d
k,进而得到A个星座符号坐标。
Exemplarily, the terminal device directly calculates the input parameter d k according to K1 channel information and/or K1 transmit powers corresponding to K1 terminal devices, and further obtains A constellation symbol coordinates.
在一些实施例中,星座图的参数还包括星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据的映射关系。其中,第一轴与第二轴彼此正交。N2和K2均为整数,N2≥K2,K2≥1,M>K2。In some embodiments, the parameters of the constellation diagram further include a mapping relationship between N2 bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices. The first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other. N2 and K2 are both integers, N2≥K2, K2≥1, M>K2.
在一些实施例中,第二轴上对应B个星座符号坐标。其中,在K2≥2的情况下, 该B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标。B为大于等于3的整数。In some embodiments, the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates. Wherein, in the case of K2≥2, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates. B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
在一些实施例中,B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据K2个终端设备对应的K2个信道信息和/或K2个发射功率确定的。In some embodiments, the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K2 channel information and/or K2 transmission powers corresponding to the K2 terminal devices.
在一些实施例中,星座图的参数还包括第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。In some embodiments, the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of the corresponding B constellation symbol coordinates on the second axis.
在一些实施例中,第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息可以包括以下一项或多项:该B个星座符号坐标非均匀间距排列或均匀间距排列的指示信息;该B个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距的指示信息;或者,该B个星座符号坐标的计算方式的指示信息。In some embodiments, the indication information of the B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis may include one or more of the following: indication information of non-uniform spacing arrangement or uniform spacing arrangement of the B constellation symbol coordinates; indication information of the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the B constellation symbol coordinates; or, indication information of the calculation method of the B constellation symbol coordinates.
在一些实施例中,第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同。其中,第二轴与第一轴彼此正交。N2为大于等于1的整数。In some embodiments, the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, wherein the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1801,还用于向M个终端设备发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数。更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1801 is further used to send second indication information to the M terminal devices. The second indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the updated constellation diagram. The parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,该第一设备180以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the first device 180 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,当第一设备180为网络设备时,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该第一设备180可以采用图5所示的网络设备510的形式。In some embodiments, when the first device 180 is a network device, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the first device 180 may take the form of the network device 510 shown in FIG. 5 .
作为一种示例,图18中的处理模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的网络设备510中的处理器511调用存储器512中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图18中的收发模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的网络设备510中的收发器513来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 511 in the network device 510 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 512. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 513 in the network device 510 shown in FIG5.
在一些实施例中,当第一设备180为终端设备时,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该第一设备180可以采用图5所示的终端设备500的形式。In some embodiments, when the first device 180 is a terminal device, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the first device 180 may take the form of the terminal device 500 shown in FIG. 5 .
作为一种示例,图18中的处理模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的终端设备500中的处理器501调用存储器502中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图18中的收发模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的终端设备500中的收发器503来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 502. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5.
由于本申请实施例提供的第一设备180可执行上述上行通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the first device 180 provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the above-mentioned uplink communication method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment and will not be repeated here.
或者,比如,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的终端设备为例,图19示出了一种终端设备190的结构示意图。该终端设备190包括收发模块1901和处理模块1902。收发模块1901,也可以称为收发单元用以实现收发功能,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口。Alternatively, for example, taking the communication device as the terminal device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG19 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device 190. The terminal device 190 includes a transceiver module 1901 and a processing module 1902. The transceiver module 1901, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement a transceiver function, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
其中,收发模块1901,用于接收来自第一设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数。其中,星座图包括用于调制和解调该M个终端设备的数据的 星座符号,该星座符号中第i位符号承载M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据,该星座图的参数包括星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。The transceiver module 1901 is used to receive first indication information from the first device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the parameters of the constellation diagram. The constellation diagram includes a constellation symbol for modulating and demodulating the data of the M terminal devices, the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries the data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on the first axis and the data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, and M>K1.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1901,还用于接收来自第一设备的第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数。更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1901 is further used to receive second indication information from the first device. The second indication information is used to indicate parameters of the updated constellation diagram. The parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,该终端设备190以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端设备190可以采用图5所示的终端设备500的形式。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device 190 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. The "module" here can refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the terminal device 190 can take the form of a terminal device 500 shown in Figure 5.
作为一种示例,图19中的收发模块1901的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的终端设备500中的收发器503来实现。图19中的处理模块1902的功能/实现过程可以通过图5所示的终端设备500中的处理器501调用存储器502中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 in FIG19 can be implemented by the transceiver 503 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5. The function/implementation process of the processing module 1902 in FIG19 can be implemented by the processor 501 in the terminal device 500 shown in FIG5 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 502.
在一些实施例中,当图19中的终端设备190是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1901的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1902的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the terminal device 190 in Figure 19 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1901 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1902 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
由于本实施例提供的终端设备190可执行上述通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果和相关实现可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal device 190 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effects and related implementations that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
应理解,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中,处理器可以用于执行程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。It should be understood that one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two. When any of the above modules or units is implemented in software, the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow. The processor can be built into an SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions for calculation or processing in the processor, it can further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。When the above modules or units are implemented in hardware, the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的程序代码以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯 片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), the communication device including a processor for implementing the method in any of the above method embodiments. In one possible design, the communication device also includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or it may include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方法实施例或其任一实现方式所述的方法。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program or instruction, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a communication device, the communication device can execute the method described in any of the above method embodiments or any of its implementation methods.
可选地,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,该通信方法包括上述任一方法实施例或其任一实现方式所述的方法。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method, which includes the method described in any of the above method embodiments or any of its implementations.
可选地,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述方法实施例所述的第一设备和上述方法实施例所述的终端设备。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the first device described in the above method embodiment and the terminal device described in the above method embodiment.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function according to the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more servers that can be integrated with the medium. Available media can be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., DVDs), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks (SSDs)), etc.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application is described herein in conjunction with various embodiments, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art may understand and implement other variations of the disclosed embodiments by viewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "one" or "an" does not exclude multiple situations. A single processor or other unit may implement several functions listed in a claim. Certain measures are recorded in different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations may be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Accordingly, this specification and the drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the present application. Obviously, those skilled in the art may make various modifications and variations to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (27)
- 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:第一设备生成第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数,所述星座图包括用于调制和解调M个终端设备的数据的星座符号,所述星座符号中第i位符号承载所述M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据,所述星座图的参数包括所述星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与所述M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1;The first device generates first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram, where the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of M terminal devices, where an i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of a j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and where the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between an N1-bit symbol corresponding to the constellation symbol on a first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, where M, N1, and K1 are all positive integers, N1≥K1, K1≥2, and M>K1;所述第一设备向所述M个终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。The first device sends the first indication information to the M terminal devices.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应A个星座符号坐标,所述A个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标,A为大于等于3的整数。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the A constellation symbol coordinates, and A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据所述K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。The method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to the K1 terminal devices.
- 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-3 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:所述K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率。The method according to claim 4 is characterized in that the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission power corresponding to the K1 terminal devices.
- 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与所述M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据的映射关系,其中,所述第一轴与所述第二轴彼此正交,N2和K2均为整数,N2≥K2,K2≥1,M>K2。The method according to any one of claims 1-5 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include a mapping relationship between N2-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, wherein the first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other, N2 and K2 are both integers, N2≥K2, K2≥1, and M>K2.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二轴上对应B个星座符号坐标,其中,在所述K2≥2的情况下,所述B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标,B为大于等于3的整数。The method according to claim 6 is characterized in that the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates, wherein, when K2≥2, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates, and B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The method according to claim 6 or 7 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同,所述第二轴与所述第一轴彼此正交,N2为大于等于1的整数。The method according to any one of claims 1-8 is characterized in that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括:所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或所述第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram further include: indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and/or indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis, and the method further includes:所述第一设备向M个终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数,所述更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的所述A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的所述B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The first device sends second indication information to M terminal devices, and the second indication information is used to indicate parameters of an updated constellation diagram, and the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示星座图的参数,所述星座图包括用于调制和解调M个终端设备的数据的星座符号,所述星座符号中第i位符号承载所述M个终端设备中第j个终端设备的数据,所述星座图的参数包 括所述星座符号在第一轴上对应的N1位符号与所述M个终端设备中的K1个终端设备的数据之间的映射关系,所述终端设备为所述M个终端设备中的一个,M、N1和K1均为正整数,N1≥K1,K1≥2,M>K1。A terminal device receives first indication information from a first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate parameters of a constellation diagram, where the constellation diagram includes constellation symbols for modulating and demodulating data of M terminal devices, where the i-th symbol in the constellation symbol carries data of the j-th terminal device among the M terminal devices, and where the parameters of the constellation diagram include a mapping relationship between N1-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on a first axis and data of K1 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, where the terminal device is one of the M terminal devices, where M, N1 and K1 are all positive integers, where N1≥K1, K1≥2, and M>K1.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应A个星座符号坐标,所述A个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标,A为大于等于3的整数。The method according to claim 11 is characterized in that the first axis corresponds to A constellation symbol coordinates, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the A constellation symbol coordinates, and A is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述A个星座符号坐标中相邻星座符号坐标之间的间距是根据所述K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率确定的。The method according to claim 12 is characterized in that the spacing between adjacent constellation symbol coordinates in the A constellation symbol coordinates is determined based on K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission powers corresponding to the K1 terminal devices.
- 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 11-13 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息包括:所述K1个终端设备对应的K1个信道信息和/或K1个发射功率。The method according to claim 14 is characterized in that the indication information of the A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis includes: K1 channel information and/or K1 transmission power corresponding to the K1 terminal devices.
- 根据权利要求11-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述星座符号在第二轴上对应的N2位符号与所述M个终端设备中的K2个终端设备的数据的映射关系,其中,所述第一轴与所述第二轴彼此正交,N2和K2均为整数,N2≥K2,K2≥1,M>K2。The method according to any one of claims 11-15 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include a mapping relationship between N2-bit symbols corresponding to the constellation symbol on the second axis and data of K2 terminal devices among the M terminal devices, wherein the first axis and the second axis are orthogonal to each other, N2 and K2 are both integers, N2≥K2, K2≥1, and M>K2.
- 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二轴上对应B个星座符号坐标,其中,在K2≥2的情况下,所述B个星座符号坐标中存在不同间距的相邻星座符号坐标,B为大于等于3的整数。The method according to claim 16 is characterized in that the second axis corresponds to B constellation symbol coordinates, wherein, when K2≥2, there are adjacent constellation symbol coordinates with different spacings in the B constellation symbol coordinates, and B is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
- 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括所述第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The method according to claim 16 or 17 is characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram also include indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis.
- 根据权利要求11-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一轴上对应的N1位符号的发射功率与第二轴上对应的N2位符号的发射功率不同,所述第二轴与所述第一轴彼此正交,N2为大于等于1的整数。The method according to any one of claims 11-18 is characterized in that the transmission power of the N1-bit symbol corresponding to the first axis is different from the transmission power of the N2-bit symbol corresponding to the second axis, the second axis is orthogonal to the first axis, and N2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求11-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述星座图的参数还包括:所述第一轴上对应的A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或所述第二轴上对应的B个星座符号坐标的指示信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 19, characterized in that the parameters of the constellation diagram further include: indication information of A constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the first axis, and/or indication information of B constellation symbol coordinates corresponding to the second axis, and the method further includes:所述终端设备接收来自所述第一设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示更新的星座图的参数,所述更新的星座图的参数包括:更新后的所述A个星座符号坐标的指示信息,和/或更新后的所述B个星座符号坐标的指示信息。The terminal device receives second indication information from the first device, and the second indication information is used to indicate parameters of an updated constellation diagram, and the parameters of the updated constellation diagram include: indication information of the updated A constellation symbol coordinates, and/or indication information of the updated B constellation symbol coordinates.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is used to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 1-10.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求11-20任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is used to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 11-20.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的通信方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的通信方法。A processor, the processor being coupled to a memory; the processor being configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory so that the communication device executes a communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 10, or so that the communication device executes a communication method as described in any one of claims 11 to 20.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:处理器和接口电路;其中,所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;A processor and an interface circuit; wherein the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor;所述处理器用于运行所述代码指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的通信方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的通信方法。The processor is used to run the code instructions so that the communication device executes the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or the communication device executes the communication method according to any one of claims 11 to 20.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器,所述收发器用于所述通信装置和其他通信装置之间进行信息交互,所述处理器执行程序指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的通信方法,或者使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the transceiver is used for information exchange between the communication device and other communication devices, and the processor executes program instructions so that the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of claims 1-10, or the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of claims 11-20.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的通信方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes a computer program or instructions, which, when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method described in any one of claims 1 to 10, or causes the computer to execute the communication method described in any one of claims 11 to 20.
- 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,所述至少一个处理器通过所述接口与存储器耦合,当所述至少一个处理器执行所述存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法被执行;或者,使得权利要求11-20中任一项所述的方法被执行。A chip system, characterized in that it comprises: at least one processor and an interface, wherein the at least one processor is coupled to a memory via the interface, and when the at least one processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed; or, the method described in any one of claims 11 to 20 is executed.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/133320 WO2024108355A1 (en) | 2022-11-21 | 2022-11-21 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/133320 WO2024108355A1 (en) | 2022-11-21 | 2022-11-21 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024108355A1 true WO2024108355A1 (en) | 2024-05-30 |
Family
ID=91194925
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/133320 WO2024108355A1 (en) | 2022-11-21 | 2022-11-21 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024108355A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8675769B1 (en) * | 2012-06-20 | 2014-03-18 | MagnaCom Ltd. | Constellation map optimization for highly spectrally efficient communications |
WO2018050117A1 (en) * | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Modulation method, demodulation method, related device and system |
CN108370282A (en) * | 2015-12-16 | 2018-08-03 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Send communication equipment, receiving communication device and the method for including mapped constellation symbol wherein executed |
CN112583759A (en) * | 2019-09-27 | 2021-03-30 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method and communication device |
CN114765570A (en) * | 2021-01-15 | 2022-07-19 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method |
-
2022
- 2022-11-21 WO PCT/CN2022/133320 patent/WO2024108355A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8675769B1 (en) * | 2012-06-20 | 2014-03-18 | MagnaCom Ltd. | Constellation map optimization for highly spectrally efficient communications |
CN108370282A (en) * | 2015-12-16 | 2018-08-03 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Send communication equipment, receiving communication device and the method for including mapped constellation symbol wherein executed |
WO2018050117A1 (en) * | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Modulation method, demodulation method, related device and system |
CN112583759A (en) * | 2019-09-27 | 2021-03-30 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method and communication device |
CN114765570A (en) * | 2021-01-15 | 2022-07-19 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10735225B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signal for low peak-to-average power ratio in wireless communication system | |
CN104205700B (en) | Channel state information reference signals (CSI RS) are configured and CSI report limitation | |
US20200186189A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for non-orthogonal multiple access communication | |
CN104272641B (en) | The method and device of demodulated signal in the communication system based on multiuser MIMO | |
CN106713213B (en) | A kind of Ditital modulation method, demodulation method, relevant apparatus and system | |
US10536319B2 (en) | Modulation method, demodulation method, related device, and system | |
WO2021189216A1 (en) | Reference signal configuration method and apparatus | |
WO2019238131A1 (en) | Method for determining transmission block size, and transmission method and apparatus | |
WO2021057948A1 (en) | Information transmission method and communication device | |
US20230362048A1 (en) | Data transmission method | |
US11799700B1 (en) | Decoding multi-level coded (MLC) systems | |
US10432356B2 (en) | Data transmitting or receiving method and device for dual TBs, transmitter and receiver | |
WO2020143612A1 (en) | Semi-orthogonal multiple access communication of ppdu and acknowledgment | |
WO2019181223A1 (en) | Transmission device, method and recording medium | |
CN108966333A (en) | A kind of Poewr control method and equipment | |
WO2017129128A1 (en) | Information modulation method and apparatus | |
WO2024108355A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
CN111245560B (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
JP7259841B2 (en) | Transmitter, method and program | |
US11949543B1 (en) | Peak to average power ratio reduction by adding constraints on phase transition between modulation symbols | |
KR102409636B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal for low peak-to-average power ratio signal in wireless communications systems | |
KR20200011711A (en) | Method and apparatus for i/q calibration | |
WO2023246422A1 (en) | Data processing method and data processing device | |
CN113746775B (en) | Signal transmitting method, signal receiving method and related device | |
WO2023039766A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22966057 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |